Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Transcription

1 SPEEDFAX TM 20 Section Dual Function Circuit Breaker Scan to connect online to the most up-todate version of this Section of SPEEDFAX. NGB Circuit Breakers QR Circuit Breakers c o n t e n t s What s New in Circuit Breakers -3-4 Federal Specifications Classification -5 ing System -6-8 Reference Guides -9-8 Load Center Breakers Arc Fault and Ground Fault Breakers -9 QP, Inch Breakers -20 QT, ½ Inch Breakers -2 Special Application Breakers -22 QD ¾ Inch Breakers -23 Main and Branch Breakers Circuit Breaker Dimension Drawings -26 Circuit Breaker Lug Data -2 Surge Protection -28 Panelboard Mounted Circuit Breakers BL 240V Breakers -29 BL 240V Arc Fault and Ground Fault Breakers -30 Special Application 240V Panelboard Mounted Breakers -3 BQD 00A Frame 480/2V Breakers -32 GB 25A Frame 600/34V Breakers -33 NGB2 25A Frame 600/34V Breakers -34 Internal Accessories for BQD and NGB Breakers -35 General Application Circuit Breakers BQ 240V Breakers -36 BQXD 240V DIN Rail Mounting Breakers -3 QR250 Frame 240V Breakers -38 CQD 00A Frame 480/2V Breakers -40 GG 25A Frame 600/34V Breakers -4 Internal Accessories for CQD and NGG Breakers -42 EG 25A Frame 600/34V Breakers and Internal Accessories Sentron Thermal Magnetic and Electronic Circuit Breakers ED 25A Frame 600V Breakers and Internal Accessories FD 250A Frame 600V Breakers and Internal Accessories JD/SJD 400A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories LD/SLD 600A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories LMD 800A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories MD/SMD 800A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories ND/SND 200A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories PD/SPD 600A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories -0-2 RD 2000A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories -3 Magnetic Trip Only ETI Motor Circuit Protectors -4-6 Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings - -9 Molded Case Switch Circuit Disconnect -80 Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Trip Units WL Power Circuit Breakers Electronic and Communications Accessories -8 Lug Information Breaker Modifications -9 Internal Accessories Feature Combinations -92 External Accessories Unusual Operating Conditions (continued on next page) Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -

2 SPEEDFAX TM 20 Section c o n t e n t s VL Thermal Magnetic and Electronic Circuit Breakers Technical Overview Trip Unit Overview DG 50A Frame and Internal Accessories -0-0 FG 250A Frame and Internal Accessories - -4 JG 400A Frame and Internal Accessories -5-8 LG 600A Frame and Internal Accessories MG 800A Frame and Internal Accessories NG 200A Frame and Internal Accessories PG 600A Frame and Internal Accessories Molded Case Switch -34 Motor Circuit Protector -35 VL 600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers -36 External Accessories -3-5 Accessory Locations -52 Suffix for Factory Mounted Internal Accessories -53 Technical Data Unusual Operating Conditions General Technical Series Short Circuit Ratings Sentron IEC 9402 AC Interrupting Ratings -69 Typical Specifications -0 Superseded Circuit Breakers Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

3 Revised on 02/06/8 Introduction What s new in molded case circuit breakers: New Sentron Sensitrip Sentron Sensitrip IV ETU Circuit Breakers with Integrated DAS / Maintenance Mode Design enhancements include: n Upgraded ETU for NEC code compliance (Arc Energy Reduction) n Frame ratings from 800A to 200A n Identical footprint, kaic ratings and accessory offering as legacy Sensitrip III ETU breakers to ease integration / retrofit n Maintenance mode versions require customer-supplied 24V external power supply, maintenance switch and light The New Siemens QR Circuit Breaker Implemented in load centers, panelboards, switchboards, meter centers, and modular metering, the new QR breaker is the same form-factor/ mounting as QJ breaker for easy retrofit. Design enhancements include: n Trip unit ratings from 00A to 250A. n Field installable internal accessories shunt trip, aux switch or shunt/aux combo. n Two accessory pockets in 3-pole breakers. One accessory pocket in 2-pole breakers. n High in-rush current capability (450%). n Push-to-trip button. The Dual Function Circuit Breaker combines GFCI and AFCI, protecting against both Arc Faults and Ground Faults. This, along with the new Self-Test & Lockout feature, makes it the first in class in electrical safety for homeowners. n Faster Installation n Cost savings n Smaller Device n Self Test & Lockout feature as required by UL 943 effective June 205 The development of VL Circuit Breaker enclosures for the50a and 250A breakers demonstrates a significant enhancement of the Siemens product offering. The fundamental objective of this family of enclosures is to reduce installation cost of the breaker, as well as reducing the space required for low amperage breaker enclosures. The Siemens GG circuit breaker is a compact, industrial design thermal magnetic breaker with valuable features for the global markets. These features include a design that meets multi-national standards, is suitable for DIN rail or base mounting without the need for adapters, and includes UL listed field installable accessories. The GG also has an over center toggle mechanism that is trip free and uses repulsion contact arm construction. Therefore, should a short circuit or tripping condition occur, the contacts are forced apart and the breaker cannot be held closed by means of the handle. NGB NGG HGG LGG Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -3

4 Introduction Ordering In the FD through RD frames, you may order molded case circuit breakers three basic ways: b As separately ordered frames, trip units and lugs b As frame, trip unit and lugs ordered as one catalog number and shipped unassembled or assembled b As Frame and Trip Unit shipped assembled and with the trip unit made non-removable, in compliance with UL 489 requirements that to be reverse fed the circuit breaker must not have an interchangeable trip unit. These two options are described in the following: Components Ordered Separately To get the components for a 3-pole, 400 Amp standard interrupting circuit breaker, you would order the frame (JD63F400), the trip unit (JD63T400) and six lugs (TA2J6500). This option is normally useful only if you stock and use large volumes of product and wish to reduce your inventory cost. You may stock, for example, a smaller number of frames (JD63F400) and a variety of trip units (JD63T300, JD63T350, etc.) and assemble breakers as you need them. Frame, Trip Unit and Lugs Ordered Together If you order the catalog number JD63B400, you will receive a frame, a trip unit and 6 lugs in separate packages. By suffixing this number with L (e.g. JD63B400L), you will receive frame, trip unit and lugs assembled in one container. Pursuant to UL 489, a product ordered thus will have the markings LINE and LOAD, and may not be reverse fed (with power flowing from the OFF end of the breaker toward the ON end). Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers If you place an X after the frame size designator (e.g. JXD63B400), you will receive a frame and trip unit assembled, with the trip unit made non-removable. If you suffix an L to this catalog number (e.g. JXD63B400L), you will receive the breaker, non-removable trip unit and lugs assembled. Unless you anticipate a specific need to change the breaker s ampere rating in the future, this is the preferred ordering method, as the products are assembled to Siemens specifications in our factories. These breakers are suitable for use reverse fed according to UL 489, since the trip unit is not removable. The smaller frames (QJ, ED and below) do not have removable trip units, and consequently are shipped only as assembled products. To add lugs, see the ordering instructions on each product s catalog page. 500V DC Wiring Configuration Connecting Breakers for DC Application Most Siemens thermal magnetic trip MCCBs are applicable on direct current (dc) systems. Generally, for 250 V dc systems a two pole breaker is used, with one pole on each leg of the supply circuit. For three pole breakers applied on 500 V undergrounded DC systems, it is important to connect the power supply zig-zag through the breaker as shown in the figure below. This assures that the Voltage between phases on the breaker terminals is uniformly distributed. See below for an alternative connection diagram. For a list of Sentron breakers with the DC ratings, please refer to pages - to V MAX. 300 V MAX. Load/Carga/ Charge -4 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

5 Federal Specification Classification Reference W-C-35C/GEN Interrupting Rating Breaker Type (All Circuit Breakers Meet or Exceed Class Symmetrical Amperes a Volts AC 60HZ Poles Range of Current Trip c the Indicated Class Level) 0a b 5,000 20/240 or QP, BQ, QT, BL 0b 5, or QP, BQ, BQD, CQD, BL a, QP, BQ, BQD, CQD, BL b, or QP, BQ, BQD, CQD, BL 2a b 0,000 20/240 or QP, BQ, QT, ED2, BL 2b 0, or QP, BQ, QJ2, ED2, BQD, CQD, BL 2c 0, bqd, cqd, NGG, NGB, NEG, NEB 3a 4, ed4, bqd, cqd, NGG, NGB, NEG, NEB 3b 4,000 2/480, 2, or ed4, bqd, cqd 4a 22,000 20/240 or qph, bqh, blh 4b 22, or qjh2, qj2-h, bqh, bqd, cqd, blh 5a 65,000 20/240 or hqp, hbq, ed4, hed4, NGG, NGB 5b 65, or ed6, ed4, fxd6, fd6, hed4, bqd, cqd, hqj2h, NGG, NGB, NEG, NEB 6a 00, or cfd6, ced6 6b 00, or ced6, cfd6, cjd6, scjd6, cld6, scld6 a 200, or , a 4, or ed6, hed6, hhed6 4, , a 8, or fxd6, fd6, cfd6, hfd6 4, , a 22, or fxd6-a, fd6-a, cfd6, hfd6 22, hfd6, cfd6, jxd6(a), JD6(A), sjd6(a), hjd(a), 42, hjxd6(a), hhjd6, shjd6(a), cjd6, Scjd6, 2a 30, or , lxd6(a), ld6(a), sld6(a), hld6(a), hlxd6(a), hhld6, sld6(a), shld6(a), cld6, scld6, lmd6, lmxd6, hlmd6, hlmxd6, md6, mxd6, smd6, hmd6, hmxd6, shmd6, cmd6, scmd6 65, a 25, or ced6, ed6, hed6, hhed6, fxd6-a, fd6-a 8, HHED6, FXD6-A, FD6-A, hfd6, hhfd6, cfd6, Jd6(a), jxd6(a), sjd6(a), hjd6(a), hjxd6(a), shjd6(a), hhjd6, hhjxd6, cjd6, scjd6, 65, lxd6(a), ld6(a), sld6(a), hld6(a), hlxd6(a), 23a 35, or shld6(a), hhld6, hhlxd6, cld6, scld6, 25, lmd6, lmxd6, hlmd6, hlmxd6, md6, mxd6, smd6, hmd6, hmxd6, shmd6, cmd6, scmd6, nd6, nxd6, snd6, hnd6, hnxd6, shnd6, cnd6, scnd6 24a 65, , or PD6, PXD6, HPD6, HPXD6, CPD6 42, RD6, RXD6, HRD6, HRXD6, SPD6, SHPD6 25a 25, , or HHLD6, CLD6, CMD6, CND6 60, SCLD6, SCMD6, SCND6, CPD6 Applicable Standards UL489 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures. UL486A Wire Connectors and Solderless Lugs for use with copper wire UL486B Wire Connectors and Solderless Lugs for use with aluminum wire UL943 Ground Fault Interrupters (for personnel protectors) UL08 Molded Case Switches UL50 Cabinets and Boxes UL869 Service Equipment NEMA AB- Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches CSA C22.2 No. 5, C22.2 No. 4 Note: (A) Molded case circuit breakers are designed and tested in accordance to applicable portions of UL489 and meet application requirements of the National Electric Code. Unless marked otherwise, circuit breakers are 80% duty rated. (B) Molded case circuit breakers are to be connected with 60 or 5 C wire for circuit breakers having a rated ampacity of 00 amperes or less. Circuit breakers having a rated ampacity greater than 00 amperes shall only be cabled with 5 C cable unless otherwise indicated on the circuit breaker label. Exceptions to this rule are outlined in the article 0-4 C()(2) of the 2005 National Electric Code. a Interrupting ratings are not limited to the values or groups of values listed. However, the values listed are minimum values for the class specified. b Single-unit or duplex construction must be specified. c Use minimum frame size for ampere rating. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -5

6 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers ing System Revised on 02/06/8 Selection/Application If used on 250A frame and above means non-interchangeable trip breaker with factory assembled frame and trip. Solid state trip and current limiting (S or C in first character) are non-interchangeable only, and the X is omitted. X D Trip Unit Type Omitted Thermal-Magnetic S Sensitrip Electronic Trip Sentron Series Type/Interrupting Range Omitted Standard Rating H High IC Rating HH Extra High IC Rating C Highest IC Rating and Current Limiting Frame Identifier E Type ED M Type MD F Type FD N Type ND J Type JD P Type PD L Type LD R Type RD LM Type LMD Maximum Voltage Vac Vac Vac Number of Poles 2 3 A used to indicate advanced electronic trip unit with maintenance mode capability (always 3 poles) B used to indicate basic electronic trip unit (always 3 poles) (Specific Application Type) B Standard 40 C Breaker M Calibrated for 50 C Application F Frame Only T 40 C Trip Unit Only W 50 C Trip Unit Only S Molded Case Switch L Low Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker A Standard Range ETI Breaker H High Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker Maximum Continuous Current Rating ED Frame 05, 020, 025, 030, 035, 040, 045, 050, 060, 00, 080, 090, 00, 0, 25 FD Frame 00, 080, 090, 00, 0, 25, 50, 5, 200, 225, 250 JD Frame 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 LD Frame 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 LMD Frame 500, 600, 00, 800 MD Frame 500, 600, 00, 800 ND Frame 900, 00 (000A), 20 (200A) PD Frame 20 (200A), 40 (400A), 60 (600A) RD Frame 60 (600A), 80 (800A), 200 (2000A) Suffix L where applicable indicates a breaker shipped with line/loads lugs installed A used with a switch to show automatic self protection Y 400 Hertz H 00% rated P Load side lugs only NAV Navel Ratings NOTE: Position omitted if not used. -6 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

7 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers ing System Selection/Application Interrupting Class N Normal h High L Very High C Trip Unit Only Frame Family D Type DG F Type FG J Type JG Breaker Type L Type LG M Type MG N Type NG E Global DG, FG Frame Only 600 Y/34 V G Global interchangeable (UL, IEC, CE, CSA, NOM, CCC ) J 240V rated JG frame, Non-interchangeable only K Global, Non-interchangeable (DG, FG, LG-frame) M Motor Circuit Protector P Motor Circuit Protector (DG, FG Only) P Type PG R Molded Case Switch (DG, FG, LG-frame) S Molded Case Switch T Trip Unit Only V Thermal Magnetic, standard 40 C ambient, 600VAC 25kA, UL/CSA (LG frame) W 00% rated, Non-interchangeable (DG, LG-frame) X Global Non-interchangeable Y 00% rated, Non-interchangeable Number of Poles 2, 3 Trip Unit F Frame only, without trip unit S Molded Case Switch B Thermal Magnetic, standard 40 C ambient A Electronic w/ LCD, LSI or 3P (neutral protected) L Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low G Electronic w/ LCD, LSIG, 3P/4W (selectable residual or instantaneous range return type ground fault protection) J Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low K Electronic with LCD, LSI and GF alarm only, 3P/4W instantaneous range (LG-frame) (selectable residual or return type ground fault alarm) M Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard R Electronic LI or 3P (neutral protected) instantaneous range T Electronic LSI or 3P (neutral protected) Y Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard V Electronic, LSIG or 3P/4W, residual ground fault protection instantaneous range (LG-frame) W Electronic, LIG or 3P/4W, residual ground fault protection H Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - High instantaneous range Continuous Current Rating For DG use 050, 060, 00, 080, 090, 00, 0, 25, 50 For FG use 00, 0, 25, 50, 5, 200, 225, 250 For JG use 250, 300, 350, 400 For LG use 400, 500, 600 For MG use 600, 00, 800 For NG use 800, 900, 00 (000A), 20 (200A) For PG use 20 (200A), 40 (400A), 60 (600A) Terminations B Load End Standard (cu/al) Lugs L Line & Load Standard (cu/al) Lugs X No Lugs (use only if accessory suffixes are to follow) Accessories Auxiliary and Alarm Switch Combinations Suffix Description A Alarm (includes NO & NC switch with a 2 Aux./ Alarm Base, for frames DG to LG) Note: A and A3 include NO and NC switch for A2 2 Aux (NO & NC switch with a 3 Aux. Base, for frames DG to LG) alarm purposes, only one of these switches may A3 2 Aux + Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./ Alarm Base, for frames DG to LG) be used as there is only one space for an alarm. A3 2 Aux + 2 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./2 Alarm Base, for frames MG to PG) A4 4 Aux (2NO & 2NC switches with a 4 Aux. Base, for frames MG to PG) Shunt Trips RB 24 VDC RM VAC RC VDC RN 0-2 VAC RD 0-2 VDC RS VAC LCD = Liquid Crystal Display RE 250 VDC RV VAC LI = Long Delay & Instantaneous trip functions LSI = Long Delay, Short Delay, & Instantaneous trip functions Under Voltage Releases UA 2 VDC UN 0-2 VAC LSIG = Long Delay, Short Delay, Instantaneous, & Ground Fault trip functions GF = Ground Fault UB 24 VDC UP 208 VAC 3P = 3-pole UC 48 VDC UR VAC 4W = 4-wire UD 0-2 VDC US 2 VAC UE VDC UT VAC UG 60 VDC UU VAC UK 24 VAC Select Frames Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -

8 VL Circuit Breakers ing System Selection If ordering factory-installed accessories or special modifications, you must order a 5-digit catalog number. See the examples below for a detailed explanation. The 5 digit number is achieved by placing X s in positions not being occupied by an accessory/modification. Contact Siemens for circuit breakers configured with accessories. Auxiliary Switch Example: H F G 3 B L A 2 X X X X Standard 9-digit Aux. Switch Completes Cat # Shunt Trip / UVR Example: H F G 3 B L X X U N X X Standard 9-digit UVR Completes Cat # Shunt Trip / Auxiliary Switch Example: H F G 3 B L A 2 R N X X Standard 9-digit Aux. Shunt Completes Switch Trip Cat # Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers Example: H F X 3 B L Standard 9-digit -8 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

9 Reference Guide Revised on 02/06/8 Selection/Application Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers Plug-In Breakers Panelboard Breakers QT QP, QPP b QPH, QPPH b HQP, HQPP b HQPPH b QPJ i BL BLH HBL BQD, BQD6 NGB HGB LGB Page -2-22, , , , Poles, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3 g 2 2, 3,2,3,2,3,2,3,2,3,2,3,2,3,2,3 Amperes cd 0-25 cd 0-25 cg Pole 20/240 20/240 20/ /240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 Volts (50/60 Hz) 2 Pole 20/240 20/240 20/ /2 600/34 600/34 600/34 3 Pole /2 600/34 600/34 600/34 20V 0,000 0,000 22,000 65, V 0,000 0,000 22,000 65,000 00,000 0, V V 0000 UL AC 480/2V Ratings 480V Interrupt 600/34V Ratings 600V 220/240V l CU l CS IEC /45V l CU 50/60 Hz l CS 500V l CU l CS 25/250 V DC Interrupting 2-Pole DC Rating 3-Pole 0-50A Height 0-60A 3.2 Dimensions in Inches Overcurrent Devices Accessories & Modifications Individual Enclosures 55-25A i Pole Width 2-Pole 2.00 a 2.00 b 2.00 b b i Pole 2.00 a i Depth Thermal and Fixed magnetic Trip u u u u u u u u u u u u u Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic trip Adjustable Magnetic trip only Motor Circuit Protector Molded Case Switch uf Undervoltage Trip u u u Shunt Trip uf uf uh uh u u u u u u u Auxilary Switch uh u u u u u u u Alarm Switch u u u u Mechanical Interlock Fungus Proofing (ref. page -9) u u u u u u u Type - Indoor Surface u u u u u Type - Indoor, Flush u u u u Type 3R - Outdoor-Rainproof u u u u Q300 B20 B220H B320HH NGBB030B For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. For Plug-in Breakers, see Load Centers & Circuit Breakers section. a BQD6 CSA certified 600Y/34V 5 0A only. b Types QPP, QPPH, HQPP and HQPPH are special 2-pole configurations for metering equipment. Amperage range = A, width = 4 in. c Single pole breakers available in ratings 0 0A only. d 25A, 2-pole 20/240V AC only. f Not applicable to types QPP and QPPH. g Single pole circuit breakers available in ratings 5-0A only, 25A available as a 2-pole only. h Not applicable to type HQPP and HQPPH. i Fits only Siemens EQIII load centers. Breaker is 2 or 3 poles wide. 0A, -pole & 2-pole 20/240V AC only. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -9

10 Reference Guide Selection/Application Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers General Purpose Breakers BQ BQH HBQ QR2 QRH2 HQR2 HQR2H CQD NGG Page Ratings AC DC Poles, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3 -Pole Amperes, Continuous 2-Pole Pole Volts (50/60 Hertz) -Pole 2-Pole 20/240 20/240 20/240 3-Pole /2 600/34 20V 0,000 22,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 UL Interrupting Rating 240V 0,000 22,000 65,000 0,000 25,000 65,000 00,000 65,000 65,000 Symmetrical RMS Amperes 480V 4,000 25, /34V 0,000 b 4,000 Volts 2-Pole 25/250 25/250 Interrupting Rating DC Amperes 4,000 4, A H height 55 25A Dimensions in A inches -Pole Width 2-Pole Pole Depth Overcurrent Thermal and Fixed Magnetic Trip u u u u u u u u u Devices Molded Case Switch u u u Undervoltage Trip Shunt Trip u u u u u u u u u Accessories & Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u u u u Modifications Alarm Switch u u Individual Enclosures Mechanical Interlock u u u u Fungus Proofing (ref. page -9) u u u u u u u u u Type Indoor Surface u u u u u u u u Type Indoor, Flush u u u u u u u u Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof u u u u u u u u BQB020 BQB020H HBB020 CQD5 LGG2B020L For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. CQD breakers are rated 4,000 KAIC at 480/2V. Type CQD6 CSA only. 3-pole only. -0 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

11 Reference Guide Selection/Application Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers General Purpose Breakers HGG LGG ED2 ED4 ED6 HED4 HHED6 CED6 Page Poles, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3 d, 2, 3, 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 Amperes, Continuous Volts 50/60HZ -Pole Pole 3-Pole 600/34 600/ V 0,000 00, V 85,000 00,000 0,000 65,000 65,000 00,000 e 00, ,000 AC UL 2V 22,000 a 65,000 b 34V 30, V 35,000 65,000 8,000 25,000 42,000 65, ,000 Ratings Interrupt Rating 600V 22,000f 25,000 f 8,000 8,000 00,000 Symmetrical RMS Icu 65,000 Amperes 220/240V Ics,000 IEC 94-2 Icu 35, /45V 50/60HZ Ics 9, V Icu 8,000 Ics 5,000 2-Pole, 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 35,000 42,000 5,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 DC 3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratings c 8,000 50,000 H height Dimensions in -Pole inches Width 2-Pole Pole Pole Depth Thermal and Fixed Magnetic Trip u u u u u u u u Overcurrent Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip Devices Adjustable Magnetic Trip only u u Motor Circuit Protector Molded Case Switch u u u u Undervoltage Trip u u u u u u Shunt Trip u u u u u u u u Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u u u Alarm Switch u u u u u u u u Accessories & Mechanical Interlock Modifications Rear Connection Studs u u u u u u Electric Motor Operator u u u u u u Plug-In Mounting Assembly (3 Pole Only) u u u u u u Fungus Proofing (ref. page -9) u u u u u u u u Type Indoor Surface u u u u u u u u Type Indoor, Flush u u u u u u u u Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof u u u u u u u u Individual Enclosures Type Flammable Gas Atmosphere u u u u u Type 9 Combustion Dusttight u u u u u Type 5, 2 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants u u u u u u u u Type 2K Semi-Dusttight u u u u u u For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. a -pole only. b 35-00A: 25,000 AIR at 2V AC/5-30A: 65,000 AIR at 2V AC. c For DC UPS system application. d Single pole ED6 (5 30A) 30kA, (35 00A) 8 ka. CSA Only. e Single pole HED4, 5-30A: 65,000 AIR at 240V AC; single pole HED4, 35-00A: 25,000 AIR at 240V AC. f HGG and LGG breakers are rated at 600/34V. g ED6, 2-pole available 5-25 amps only. ED62B020 HED4B040 HHED63B020 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -

12 Reference Guide Selection/Application Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers General Purpose Breakers FD6A, HFD6, HHFD6, JD6-A, HJD6-A, HHJD6-A, FXD6A HFXD6 HHFXD6 CFD6 JXD2-A JXD6-A HJXD6-A HHJXD6-A CJD6-A Page Ratings AC DC Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 Amperes, Continuous Volts 50/60HZ Interrupt Rating Symmetrical RMS Amperes 2-Pole Pole 240V 65,000 00, , ,000 65,000 65,000 00, , ,000 UL 480V 35,000 65,000 00, ,000 35,000 65,000 00,000 50, /240V 600V 22,000 25,000 25,000 00,000 25,000 35,000 50,000 00,000 Icu 65,000 00,000 65,000 00,000 Ics 33,000 50,000 33,000 50,000 IEC /45V Icu 35,000 65,000 40,000 65,000 50/60HZ Ics 8,000 33,000 20,000 33, V Icu Ics 2-Pole 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 30,000 30,000 50,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratingsa 8,000 25,000 50,000 25,000 35,000 50,000 H height Dimensions in inches Width 2-Pole 3-Pole Depth Thermal and Fixed Magnetic Trip Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip u u u u u u u u u Overcurrent Adjustable Magnetic Trip Only u u u u Devices Motor Circuit Protector Accessories & Modifications Individual Enclosures Molded Case Switch u u u u u Undervoltage Trip u u u u u u u u u Shunt Trip u u u u u u u u u Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u u u u Alarm Switch u u u u u u u u u Mechanical Interlock u u u u u u u u u Rear Connection Studs u u u u u u u u u Electric Motor Operator u u u u u u u u u Plug-In Mounting Assembly u u u u u u u u u Fungus Proofing (ref. page -9) u u u u u u u u Type Indoor Surface u u u u u u u u u Type Indoor, Flush u u Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof u u u u u u u u Type Flammable Gas Atmosphere u u u u u u u Type 9 Combustion Dusttight u u u u u u u Type 5, 2 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants u u u u u u u u u Type 2K Semi-Dusttight u u u u u u u For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. a For DC UPS application. -2 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

13 Reference Guide Selection/Application Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers General Purpose Breakers LD6, HLD6, HHLD6, LMD6, HLMD6, MD6, HMD6, LXD6 HLXD6 HHLXD6 CLD6-A LMXD6 HLMXD6 MXD6 HMXD6 CMD6 Page Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 Amperes, Continuous Volts 50/60 HZ 2-Pole 3-Pole V 65,000 00, , ,000 65,000 00,000 65,000 00, ,000 UL 480V 35,000 65,000 00,000 50,000 50,000 65,000 50,000 65,000 00,000 AC 600V 25,000 35,000 50, ,000 25,000 50,000 25,000 50,000 65,000 Ratings Interrupt Rating Icu 65,000 00,000 65,000 00,000 65,000 00,000 Symmetrical RMS 220/240V Amperes Ics 33,000 50,000 33,000 50,000 33,000 50,000 IEC 94-2 Icu 40,000 65,000 40,000 65,000 40,000 65, /45V 50/60HZ Ics 20,000 33,000 20,000 33,000 20,000 33, V Icu Ics 2-Pole 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 DC 3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratingsa 35,000 50, ,000 50,000 25,000 50,000 50,000 H height Width Depth Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip u u u u u u u u u Overcurrent Adjustable Magnetic Trip Only u u u u u u Devices Motor Circuit Protector Molded Case Switch u u u u u Undervoltage Trip u u u u u u u u u Shunt Trip u u u u u u u u u Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u u u u Alarm Switch u u u u u u u u u Accessories & Mechanical Interlock u u u u u u u u u Modifications Rear Connection Studs u u u u u u u u u Electric Motor Operator u u u u u u u u u Plug-In Mounting Assembly u u u u u u u Fungus Proofing (ref. page -9) u u u u u u u u u Type Indoor Surface u u u u u u u u u Type Indoor, Flush u Individual Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof u u u u u u u u Enclosures Type 5, 2 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants u u u u u u u u Type Flammable Gas Atmosphere u u u Type 9 Combustion Dusttight u u u u Type 2K Semi-Dusttight u u u u u u u u For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. a For DC UPS application. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -3

14 Reference Guide Selection/Application Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers General Purpose Breakers ND6, HND6, PD6, d HPD6, d NXD6 HNXD6 CND6 PXD6 d HPXD6 d CPD6 d Page Poles 2, 3 2, Amperes, Continuous Volts 50/60 HZ 3-Pole V 65,000 00, ,000 65,000 00, ,000 UL 480V 50,000 65,000 00,000 50,000 65,000 00, V 25,000 50,000 65,000 25,000 50,000 65,000 AC Ratings Interrupt Rating Icu 65,000 00,000 Symmetrical RMS 220/240V Ics 33,000 50,000 Amperes IEC 94-2 Icu 40,000 65, /45V 50/60HZ Ics 20,000 33, V Icu Ics 2-Pole 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 DC 3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratings a 25,000 50,000 50,000 25,000 50,000 50,000 Circuit breakers require Connect-all Height Dimensions in mounting block. Dimensions shown Width inches are for circuit breaker only. Depth Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip u u u u u u Overcurrent Adjustable Magnetic Trip Only Devices Motor Circuit Protector Molded Case Switch u u u Undervoltage Trip u u u u u u Shunt Trip u u u u u u Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u Accessories & Alarm Switch u u u u u u Modifications Mechanical Interlock u u u u u u Rear Connections Studs u u u Electric Motor Operator u u u u u u Plug-in Mounting Assembly u u u Fungus Proofing (ref. page -9) u u u u u u Mounting Block (required) u u u Type Indoor Surface u u u u u u Type Indoor, Flush Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof u u u Individual Enclosures Type Flammable Gas Atmosphere u u u Type 9 Combustion Dusttight Type 5, 2 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants Type 2K Semi-Dusttight u u u For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. a For DC UPS application. b 2-pole design. c 3-pole design. d Requires Connect-all mounting assembly. Dimensions shown are for circuit breaker only. -4 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

15 Reference Guide Selection Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers & Electronic Trip Breakers General Purpose Breakers Solid State Trip Circuit Breakers RD6, a HRD6, a RXD6 a HRXD6 a SJD6 SHJD6 SCJD6 SLD6 SHLD6 SCLD6 Page Poles Amperes, Continuous Volts 50/60 HZ 3-Pole V 65,000 00,000 65,000 00, ,000 65,000 00, ,000 UL 480V 50,000 65,000 35,000 65,000 50,000 35,000 65,000 50, V 25,000 50,000 25,000 35,000 00,000 25,000 35,000 00,000 AC Ratings Interrupt Rating Symmetrical RMS 220/240V Icu Ics Amperes IEC Icu 380/45V 50/60HZ Ics 500V Icu Ics 2-Pole 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 30,000 30,000 DC 3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratings a 25,000 50,000 H height Dimensions in Width 3-Pole inches Depth Solid State Trip u u u u u u Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip u u Overcurrent Adjustable Magnetic Trip Only Devices Motor Circuit Protector Molded Case Switch u Undervoltage Trip u u u u u u u u Shunt Trip u u u u u u u u Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u u u Accessories & Alarm Switch u u u u u u u u Modifications Mechanical Interlock u u u u u u u u Rear Connections Studs u u u u u u Electric Motor Operator u u u u u u u u Plug-In Mounting Assembly u u u u u u Fungus Proofing (ref. page -9) u u u u u u u u Mounting Block (required) u u Type Indoor Surface u u u u u u u u Type Indoor, Flush Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof u u u u Individual Enclosures Type Flammable Gas Atmosphere u u u u Type 9 Combustion Dusttight u u u u Type 5, 2 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants u u u u u u Type 2K Semi-Dusttight u u u u u u For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. a Requires Connect-all mounting assembly. Dimensions shown are for circuit breaker only. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -5

16 Reference Guide Revised on 02/06/8 Selection Electronic Trip Breakers Solid State Trip Circuit Breakers SMD6 SHMD6 SCMD6 SND6 SHND6 SCND6 SPD6 a SHPD6 a Page Poles Amperes, Continuous Volts 50/60HZ 3-Pole V 65,000 00, ,000 65,000 00, ,000 65,000 00,000 Ratings AC Interrupt UL 480V 50,000 65,000 00,000 50,000 65,000 00,000 50,000 65,000 Rating 600V 25,000 50,000 65,000 25,000 50,000 65,000 25,000 50,000 Symmetrical 380/45V Icu RMS IEC Ics Amperes 50/60HZ Icu 690V Ics H height Dimensions in Width inches Depth Overcurrent Solid State Trip u u u u u u u u Devices Optional DAS / Maintenance Mode u u u u u u Undervoltage Trip u u u u u u u u Shunt Trip u u u u u u u u Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u u u Alarm Switch u u u u u u u u Accessories & Mechanical Interlock u u u u u u u u Modifications Rear Connection Studs u u u u u u Electric Motor Operator u u u u u u u u Plug-In Mounting Assembly u u u u u u Fungus Proofing (ref. page -9) u u u u u u u u Type Indoor Surface u u u u u u u u Type Indoor, Flush Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof u u u u u u Individual Enclosures Type Flammable Gas Atmosphere Type 9 Combustion Dusttight Type 5, 2 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants u u u u u u Type 2K Semi-Dusttight u u u u u u For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. a Requires connect-all mounting block assembly. Dimensions shown are for circuit breaker. b Breaker has rating plugs which can be changed within each frame rating. -6 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

17 Reference Guide Selection/Application Page Breaker Frame Family DG FG JG Continuous Amps 30 50A A 0 400A Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 Max. Volts AC 600Y/34V 600Y/34V 600V Breaker Type NDGA HDGA LDGA NFGA HFGA LFGA NJGA HJGA LJGA Interrupting Class N H L N H L N H L Ratings Dimensions in Inches Trip Unit Information Specific Application Breakers Accessories & Modifications Enclosures Interrupting Rating RMS Symmetrical Amperes AC 50/60Hz DC Interrupting Ratings (UL) b 240Vac UL 480Vac Vac /240Vac 65/65 00/5 200/50 65/65 00/5 200/50 65/65 00/5 200/50 l CU /l CS 380/45Vac 40/40 0/0 00/5 40/40 0/0 00/5 45/45 0/0 00/5 690Vac 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 5/8 5/8 250Vdc (2-Pole) Vdc (3-Pole) Vdc (3-Pole) Pole 2-Pole 6.9H x 4.W x 3.4D H x 5.5W x 4.2D 3-Pole 6.9H x 4.W x 3.4D H x 5.5W x 4.2D 4-Pole Thermal-Magnetic u u u Electronic u u u Electronic with LCD u u u Interchangeable Trip Unit u Reverse Feed (w/non-interchangeable Trip) u u u Communications Capability u u u Molded Case Switch u u u Motor Circuit Protector u u u 00% Rated u u 50 C Calibrated Auxiliary Switch u u u Alarm Switch u u u Shunt Trip u u u Undervoltage Release u u u Mechanical Interlocks u u u Electric Motor or Stored Energy Operator u u u Rear Connecting Studs u u u Plug-In Mounting Assy. w/trip Interlock u u u Draw-Out Assembly u u u Handle Mechanism Options u u u NEMA Indoor, Surface Mount u u NEMA Indoor, Flush Mount u u NEMA 3R Outdoor, Rain Proof u u NEMA 4, 4X Stainless Steel u u NEMA, 9 Hazardous Locations NEMA 2 Dust u u Terminal Shields u u u Distribution Lugs u u u Ground Sensor (Neutral Transformer) u u u a 500Vdc nominal, 600Vdc max. for ungrounded DC UPS systems. b DC Interrupting Ratings are not applicable to electronic circuit breakers. Communications available via a COMPRO or COMMOD modules using Profibus or Modbus protocols. Consult Siemens for availability. Non-metallic NEMA 4X enclosure for NGG breakers. Special version, see page -36. GG are not VL family breakers and do not share common VL accessories. 304 and 36 Stainless Steel Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -

18 Reference Guide Selection/Application Page Breaker Frame Family LG MG NG PG Continuous Amps A A A A Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 Max. Volts AC 600V 600V 600V 600V Breaker Type NLGB HLGB LLGB NMG HMG LMG NNG HNG LNG NPG HPG LPG Ratings Dimensions in Inches Trip Unit Information Specific Application Breakers Accessories and Modifications Interrupting Class N H L N H L N H L N H L Interrupting Rating RMS Symmetrical Amperes AC 50/60Hz DC Interrupting Ratings (UL) c 240Vac UL 480Vac Vac /240Vac 65/65 00/5 200/50 65/35 00/50 200/50 65/65 00/5 200/00 65/35 00/50 200/00 l CU / 380/45Vac 45/45 0/0 00/5 50/50 0/0 00/5 50/25 0/35 00/50 50/25 0/35 00/50 l CS 690Vac 2/6 5/8 5/8 20/0 30/5 35/ 20/0 30/5 35/ 20/0 30/5 35/5 250Vdc (2-Pole) Vdc (3-Pole) Vdc (3-Pole) Pole H x 5.5W x 4.2D 6H x.5w x 4.D 6H x 9W x 6.2D 3-Pole H x 5.5W x 4.2D 6H x.5w x 4.D 6H x 9W x 6.2D Thermal-Magnetic u u u u Electronic u u u u Electronic with LCD u u u u Interchangeable Trip Unit u u u u Reverse Feed (w/non-interchangeable Trip) u u u u Communications Capability a u u u u Molded Case Switch u u u u Motor Circuit Protector u u u 00% Rated u u u u Auxiliary Switch u u u u Alarm Switch u u u u Shunt Trip u u u u Undervoltage Release u u u u Mechanical Interlocks u u u u Electric Motor or Stored Energy Operator u u u u Rear Connecting Studs u u u u Plug-In Mounting Assy. w/trip Interlock u Draw-Out Assembly u u Handle Mechanism Options u u u u Terminal Shields u u u u Distribution Lugs Ground Sensor (Neutral Transformer) u u u u a Communications available via COMPRO or COMMOD modules using Profibus or Modbus protocol. b 500Vdc nominal, 600Vdc max. for ungrounded DC UPS systems. c DC Interrupting Ratings are not applicable to electronic circuit breakers. LG frame maximum 500A. Special version, see page -36. Special 600Vac 25kA version available, see page Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

19 Circuit Breakers Arc-Fault and Ground-Fault Breakers Selection/Wiring Diagrams Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupters (AFCI) AFCI s detect arcing faults (an unintentional arcing condition in a circuit) that standard circuit breakers are unable to detect. The device is intended to mitigate the effects of arcing faults by functioning to de-energize the circuit when an arc-fault is detected. Combination Type AFCI Detects all three possible types of arc faults: line-to-ground, line-to-neutral, and series. Breaker Type QAF2/QAFH2/HQAF2 -Pole 20V AC QAF2/QAFH2 2-Pole 20/240V AC Ampere Rating Branch-Feeder AFCI Detects line-to-ground and line-to neutral arcs. QAF2/QAFH2/HQAF2 -Pole 20V AC NEW 5 20 Dual Function AFCI/GFCI 0,000 A IR Catalog No. QA5AFC QA20AFC Q25AFC Q220AFC QA5AF QA20AF QAF2/QPF/QE/QPF2 Accessories 22,000 A IR Catalog No. QA5AFCH QA20AFCH Q25AFCHn Q220AFCHn QA5AFHn QA20AFHn 65,000 A IR Catalog No. QA5AFCHHn QA20AFCHHn QA5AFHHn QA20AFHHn The Dual Function Circuit Breaker combines Combination Type AFCI and GFCI, protecting against both Arc Faults and (5mA) Ground Faults. The device includes the Self Test feature, making it the first in class in electrical safety for homeowners. QFGA2/QFGAH2/ HQFGA2 -Pole 20V AC Description Padlocking Device -Pole Padlocking Device 2-Pole Handle Block 5 20 Q5DF Q20DF ECPLD ECPLD2 ECBX23M Q5DFHn Q20DFH Q5DFHHn Q20DFHHn Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI) Provides Class A (5mA) ground fault protection. Intended for personnel protection. Includes Self Test as an added safety feature. Breaker Type QPF2/QPHF2/HQPF2 -Pole 20V AC Plug-in QPF/QPHF 2-Pole 20/240V AC Plug-in Amp Rating ,000 A IR Catalog No. QF5A a QF20A a QF30A a QF25A QF220A QF230A QF240A QF250A QF260A 22,000 A IR Catalog No. QF5AHn a QF20AHn a QF30AHn a QF25AHn QF220AHn QF230AHn QF240AHn QF250AHn QF260AHn Ground Fault Equipment Protection (30mA) Provides protection of equipment from damaging line-to-ground faults currents. De-energizes the circuit for all ungrounded conductors of the circuit. QE/QEH -Pole 20V AC Plug-in QE/QEH 2-Pole 20/240V AC Plug-in QE5 QE20 QE30 QE25 QE220 QE230 QE240 QE250 QE260 QE5Hn QE20Hn QE30Hn QE25Hn QE220Hn QE230Hn QE240Hn QE250Hn QE260Hn 65,000 A IR Catalog No. QF5AHHn a QF20AHHn a QF30AHHn a UL Listed -Pole Combination Type AFCI -Pole Branch Feeder AFCI -Pole GFCI -Pole Equipment Protection Wiring Diagrams HACR Rated 2-Pole Combination Type AFCI -Pole Dual Function AFCI/GFC 2-Pole GFCI 2-Pole Equipment Protection n Built to order. Allow 8-0 weeks for delivery. a UL Listed as SWD (Switching Duty) Rated, suitable for 20V AC Fluorescent Lighting. Add WG to the part number for the WireGuide version, see page -4 for full selection. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -9

20 Circuit Breakers Type QP with INSTA-WIRE Selection Continuous Current 40 C Type QP Type QPH Type HQP 0,000A IR 22,000A IR 65,000A IR -Pole Plug-In (20V AC) e 0 Q0 5 Q5c Q5H c Q5HHn c 20 Q20c Q20H c Q20HHn c 25 Q25 Q25Hn Q25HHn 30 Q30 Q30H Q30HHn 35 Q35n Q35Hn Q35HHn 40 Q40 Q40H Q40HHn 45 Q45n Q45Hn Q45HHn 50 Q50 Q50H Q50HHn 60 Q60 Q60Hn Q60HHn 0 Q0 Q0Hn Q0HHn 2-Pole Plug-In (Common-Trip 20/240V AC) 0 Q20 5 Q25 Q25H Q25HH 20 Q220 Q220H Q220HH 25 Q225 Q225Hn Q225HHn 30 Q230 Q230H Q230HH 35 Q235 Q235Hn Q235HHn 40 Q240 Q240H Q240HHn 45 Q245 Q245Hn Q245HHn 50 Q250 Q250H Q250HH 60 Q260 Q260H Q260HH 0 Q20 Q20H Q20HH 80 Q280 Q280Hn Q280HHn 90 Q290 Q290H Q290HHn 00 Q200 Q200H Q200HH 0 Q20 Q20H Q20HHn 25 Q225 Q225H Q225HH 2-Pole Plug-In (Common-Trip 240V AC) 5 Q25R 20 Q220R 30 Q230R 40 Q240R 50 Q250R 3-Pole Plug-In (Common-Trip 240V AC) 5 Q35 Q35H Q35HHn 20 Q320 Q320H Q320HH 25 Q325 Q325Hn Q325HHn 30 Q330 Q330H Q330HH 35 Q335 Q335Hn Q335HHn 40 Q340 Q340H Q340HH 45 Q345 Q345Hn Q345HHn 50 Q350 Q350H Q350HH 60 Q360 Q360H Q360HH 0 Q30 Q30H Q30HHn 80 Q380 Q380H Q380HHn 90 Q390 Q390H Q390HHn 00 Q300 Q300H Q300HH Q20 Q220 Q320 QP / QPH / HQP Internal Accessories Control Voltage AC Field/Factory Installed 20V Shunt Trip add suffix 00S0n Factory 24V Shunt Trip add suffix 00S0n Factory 20V Auxiliary Switch add suffix 0n b Factory Modifications Description 400 Hz Calibration add suffix Y h Marine 50 C Ambient Calibration add suffix M Fungus Proofing add suffix F For external accessories, please refer to page -93 n Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery. a UL Listed for use with 60/5 wire through 40 amps, UL listed for use with 5 wire only for 50 amps and above, HACR rated. b A and B contacts. c UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 20V AC Fluorescent Lighting. d UL Listed for use on 3-phase grounded B systems 0,000 for this application. e Shipped 2 per sleeve. f Shipped 6 per sleeve. g Shipped 4 per sleeve. h UL Listed 5 KA IR. i Type QP, UL listed for 6 AWG conductors and multiple wires. -20 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog Product Category RESI

21 Circuit Breakers Duplex, Triplex and Quadplex Plug-In Breakers Duplex Circuit Breakers Breaker Type QT -Pole 0K AIC 20V AC Triplex Circuit Breakers Breaker Type QT 2-Pole 0K AIC 20/240V AC Inner Poles Common Trip Ampere Rating 5 5 Q55 Q55NC a 5 20 Q520 Q520NC a Q2020 Q2020NC a Q n Q Q Q3030 Q3030NC a SHIPPING: 2 per carton, (Wt. 4.8 lbs.) Ampere Rating Single Pole Common-Trip 2-Pole Catalog Number 5 5 Q255CT 5 20 Q2520CT 5 25 Q2525CTn 5 30 Q2530CT 5 35 Q2535CTn 5 40 Q2540CT 5 45 Q2545CTn 5 50 Q2550CT Q22020CT Q22025CTn Q22030CT Q22035CTn Q22040CT Q22045CTn Q22050CT Q23030CT SHIPPING: 6 per carton, (Wt. 4.9 lbs.) Selection QT Duplex These space saver duplex breakers combine two independent /2" breaker poles in a common unit. This unit plugs into one load center stab and requires one panel space. HACR rated. QT Triplex These space saver triplex breakers provide a 2-pole common trip breaker for 20/240V AC circuits and two single poles for 20V AC circuits. Triplex require two panel spaces. HACR rated. Quadplex Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating Breaker Type QT 2-Pole 0K AIC 20/240V AC Inner and Outter 2 Poles Common Trip Common-Trip 2-Pole Outside Common-Trip 2-Pole Inside Catalog Number 5 5 Q255CT Q2530CT Q22020CT Q22050CT Q23020CT Q23025CT Q23030CT Q23050CT Q24020CT Q24030CT Q24040CT2 SHIPPING: 6 per carton, (Wt. 4.8 lbs.) QT Quadplex These space saver quadplex breakers provide two sets of common trip, two-pole breakers for 20/240V AC circuits, and require two panel spaces. HACR rated. For external accessories, please refer to page -93 For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a Non-CTL. For replacement use only in panels manufactured before 968 Product Category RESI Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -2

22 Circuit Breakers Special Application Breakers Selection HID Lighting For high-intensity discharge lamp loads having in-rush currents above the instantaneous trip setting of a standard breaker. Breaker Type QP -Pole 20V AC QP 2-Pole 20/240V AC Wiring Diagram Figure Figure 2 Complete Breaker UL Unenclosed Ampere Rating 5 Q5HID a n 20 Q20HID a 30 Q30HID 5 Q25HID 20 Q220HIDn 30 Q230HIDn Molded Case Switch For applications that do not require overcurrent protection. QP -Pole 20V AC QP 2-Pole 20/240V AC Figure 00 Q00S Figure Q230S Q250S Q260S Q225S No-Noise For applications that require a reduction in the 60-cycle hum of a standard breaker. QP 2-Pole 20/240V AC Figure Q250NNn Q260NN Switching Neutral Figure Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Switching Neutrals Used where all conductors are required to be disconnected. Neutral pole of the circuit breaker does not connect to load center bus. One side is wired to neutral and the other side to the device. QG 2-Wire Common Trip 20V AC QG 3-Wire Common Trip 20/240V AC Figure QG25 QG220 Figure 4 20 QG320 Wiring Diagrams n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. Note: All circuit breakers on this page are 0K AIC a UL Listed as SWD (Switching Duty) Rated, suitable for 20V AC Fluorescent Lighting. -22 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog Product Category RESI

23 Circuit Breakers 3/4 Inch Plug-In Breakers Selection Features b 3/4" format b HACR Rated b UL Classified for use in certain Square D load centers Type QD Circuit Breakers The Type QD circuit breaker line is available in -pole and 2-pole common trip versions listed on this page. The circuit breakers are UL Classified and UL Listed. All QD breakers are supplied with load side connectors suitable for 60/5 C wire and are calibrated for 40 C maximum ambient applications. UL Classified Siemens Type QD circuit breakers are UL Classified for use in specific Square D load centers in place of Square D Type QO circuit breakers. A Panelboard Compatibility List packaged with each QD breaker shows which type QD circuit breakers are acceptable for use in Square D load centers. The interrupting rating on these circuit breakers is 0,000A IR maximum and they are not series rated with Square D circuit breakers or equipment. This UL Classification allows a Siemens Type QD circuit breaker to be used in place of a Square D Type QO circuit breaker in those load centers that are specifically shown on the Panelboard Compatibility list. For additional information, contact your local Siemens sales engineer. -Pole 2-Pole Continuous Current Rating 20V 20/240V Common 40 C 5 D5 a D25 20 D20 a D D30 D D40 D D50 D D60 D260 D20 D220 Shipping Weights Number of Number Per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) Panelboard Compatibility List Listed Panelboards Square D s QO2L30F/S QO2-4L0F/S QO2-4L0TS QO2-4L0RB QO6-2L00F/S QO6-2L00DF/S QO6-2L00TF/S QO6-2L00DTF/S QO6-2L00RB QO8-6L00F/S QO8-6L00DF/S QO8-6L00TF/S QO8-6L00DTF/S QO8-6L00RB QO2M00/RB QO6M00/RB QO20M00/RB QO24M00 QO2L00DF/S QO2L00RB QO2-20M00/RB QO2-20M00TF/S QO2M00/RB QO6-20M00/RB QO6M00/RB QO20M00/RB QO2L25G/RB QO2-24L25G/RB QO2-24L25GWGC QO6L25G QO6-24L25G/RB QO2-24L25/RB QO20-24L25G QO20-24L25GWGC QO20L25G QO24L25G/RB QO24M25/RB QO6L25/RB QO6-2M25FTRB QO6-24L25/RB QO20L25/RB QO20-24L25/RB QO24L25/RB QO20-30L50G QO20-30M50/RB QO24L50G QO24M50 QO30L50G/RB QO30M50/RB QO6L50/RB QO6M50/RB QO6-30L50/RB QO8-6M50FTRB QO20-30M50/RB QO20-30M50TF/S QO20-30L50 QO24L50/RB QO24M50/RB QO30L50/RB QO30M50/RB QO8-6M200FT/RB QO2L200G/RB QO20-40M200/RB QO20-40M200TC QO24M200 QO30L200G/RB QO30-40M200 QO30M200/RB QO30-40L200G/RB QO40M200/RB QO6L200/RB QO6M200/RB QO8-6M200FTRB QO20-40L200/RB QO20-40M200TF/S QO20-40M200/RB QO24L200/RB QO24M200/RB QO30L200/RB QO30M200/RB QO30-40L200/RB QO30-40M200/RB QO40M200/RB QO40M225 QO42L225G/RB For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. a UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 20V AC Fluorescent Lighting. One or two load conductors. Product Category RESI Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -23

24 Circuit Breakers Main and Branch Circuit Breakersa Selection Breaker Type QN 2-Pole 20/240V AC QNH 2-Pole 20/240V AC Ampere Rating Catalog Number Catalog Number 50 QN250 QN250R b 0 5 QN25n QN25R b n QN2200 QN2200R b 0 50 QN250H QN250RH b 22 5 QN25Hn QN25RH b n QN2200H QN2200RH b HQN250 HQN250R b 65 5 HQN25n 65 UL Interrupting Ratings (ka) HQN 2-Pole 20/240V AC 200 HQN2200 HQN2200R b 65 Requires 4 panel spaces, 2 adjacent and 2 opposite. SHIPPING: per carton (Wt. 3 lbs.) Main Breaker Kits For use in Ultimate Load Centersd For use in EQIII Load Centers UL Type Ampere Rating Catalog Number UL Type Ampere Rating Catalog Number EQ MBK00A EQ MBK00 22 EQ MBK25A EQ96 25 MBK25 22 EQ MBK50A EQ MBK50 22 EQ MBK5n 22 EQ MBK200A EQ MBK EQ MBK225A EQ MBK UL Interrupting Ratings (ka) QNR e EQ965 QN e Breaker Type QPJ c 3-Pole 240V AC Ampere Rating Catalog Number 25 QPJ QPJ QPJ UL Interrupting Ratings (ka) Requires 6 spaces due to cross over design. Fits only EQIII A 3-phase load centers SHIPPING: 5 per carton (Wt. lbs.) Breaker Type QPP 2-Pole 20/240V AC QPPH 2-Pole 20/240V AC HQPP 2-Pole 20/240V AC HQPPH 2-Pole 20/240V AC Ampere Rating Catalog Number 25 Q225B 0 50 Q250B 0 5 Q25Bn Q2200B Q2225B 0 25 Q225BH Q250BH 22 5 Q25BHn Q2200BH Q2225BHn Q225BHHn Q250BHH 65 5 Q25BHHn Q2200BHH Q2225BHHn HQ200BHn HQ225BHn HQ250BHn 00 5 HQ25BHn HQ2200BHn HQ2225BHn 00 UL Interrupting Breaker Ratings (ka) Volts AC 20/240 MBK (00,25)A QPJ MBK (50,200,225)A 2-Pole QPP For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a All circuit breakers on this page are common trip. b Reverse handle. c CSA Listed. d MBK00A for use in 00 and 25A load centers. MBK25A for use in 25A load centers. MBK50A for use in 50, 200 and 225A load centers. MBK200A for use in 200 and 225A load centers. MBK225A for use in 225A load centers. MBK5A for use in 200 and 225A load centers. e QNR required for horizontal applications or vertical applications where the lugs are facing up. The QN breaker is required for vertical applications where the lugs are facing down as shown. -24 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog Product Category RESI

25 Circuit Breakers Revised on 03// Main and Branch Circuit Breakers QS Breaker PowerMod's core offering of residential Meter Stacks, type WMM, offers the widest product offering & flexibility in the industry. Each meter stack houses the QuickSystem features to maximize productivity and minimize labor costs. To further simplify installation, our 225 Amp meter stacks feature the QS breaker. The QS breaker adds to the Siemens exclusive feature set in our Power Mod product line. Benefits and part numbers include: Front View An exclusive side wired design saves wiring space and eliminates difficult "S bends" No need for costly filler plates QS 225 Amp breaker takes the same space as standard 00 Amp QPs Single right hand bend wiring - saves time and wire Provides 00K AIC flexibility from 00 up to 225 Amps 0K to 00K AIC Series Rating QS Breaker Breaker Type QS QSH QSHH HQS HQSH Amperage 0K AIC 22K AIC 42K AIC 65K AIC 00K AIC 00 QS200 QS200H QSH200 QS200HH HQS200H 25 QS225 QS225H QSH225 QS225HH HQS225H 50 QS250 QS250H QSH250 QS250HH HQS250H 5 QS25 QS25H QSH25 QS25HH HQS25H 200 QS2200 QS2200H QSH2200 QS2200HH HQS2200H 225 QS2225 QS2225H QSH2225 QS2225HH HQS2225H QS Breaker Dimension Drawing CAUTION PRECAUCION A ON NEUTRAL.99 OFF For PowerMod information, please refer to Section 2, page 2-49 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -25

26 Circuit Breakers Line Diagrams Dimension Drawings -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 3" 2 3 /8" 3 /8" QP, QPH, HQP Type QT Type QPF, QPHF, QE, QAF2, QAF2H Type EQ868, EQ8682 Type EQ8693, EQ8695, EQ8696 Type QPJ Type QN, QNH, HQN Type QNR, QNRH, HQNR Type QPP, QPPH, HQPP, HQPPH a All standard circuit breakers are calibrated to 40 C maximum ambient application. -26 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

27 Circuit Breakers Lug Data Reference Circuit Breaker Type Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating LOAD SIDE Cables Per Connector Connector Wire Range QP, QPH, HQP, Plug-in 0 2 #4-#6 AWG Cu QP & 2-Pole Only QT #8 AWG CU-Al QPF, QPHF 5 30 QAF2, QAFH2, QFGA2, QFGAH #4 #6 AWG Cu #4 #6 AWG Al #8 #6 AWG Cu #8 #4 AWG Al #8-#2/0 AWG Cu #8-#2/0 AWG Al #6-#4 AWG Cu-Al (#3 AWG compatible with QPH & HQP) #4 #6 AWG Cu #4 #6 AWG Al #8 #6 AWG Cu #8 #4 AWG Al #4 #0 AWG Cu #2 #8 AWG Al #8 #6 AWG Cu #8 #4 AWG Al #4 #2 AWG Cu #2 #0 AWG Al QD #4 #8 AWG Cu Only #4 #2 AWG Cu 5 20 #2 #0 AWG Al #0 #8 AWG Cu #0 #6 AWG Al #8 #6 AWG Cu #8 #4 AWG Al QN, QNH, HQN # 300kcmil Cu-Al QS, QSH, QSHH, HQS, HQSH #3 300kcmil Cu-Al EQ868-Ultimate 00 #4 3/0 AWG Cu-Al EQ8682-Ultimate 25 #4 3/0 AWG Cu-Al EQ8693-Ultimate 50 # 300kcmil Cu-Al EQ8695-Ultimate 200 # 300kcmil Cu-Al EQ8696-Ultimate 225 # 300kcmil Cu-Al QPP, QPPH, HQPP, HQPPH EQ965-EQIII 00 EQ96-EQIII 25 EQ9683-EQIII 50 EQ EQ9685-EQIII 200 EQ9686-EQIII 225 # AWG Cu #2/0 AWG Al #/0 AWG Cu #3/0 AWG Al #2/0 AWG Cu #4/0 AWG Al #3/0 AWG Cu 250kcmil AWG Al #4/0 AWG Cu 300kcmil AWG Al #8-#2/0 AWG Cu #8-#2/0 AWG Al #8-#2/0 AWG Cu #8-#2/0 AWG Al #/0 AWG Cu #3/0 AWG Al #3/0 AWG Cu 250kcmil AWG AL #3/0 AWG Cu 250kcmil AWG Al #4/0 AWG Cu 300kcmil AWG Al QPJ #2 300kcmil Cu-Al Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -2

28 Surge Protection Circuit Breaker and Surge Protective Device (SPD) Features n 2 inch wide plug-on design Includes (2) Pole circuits breakers No loss of load center spaces n Easy to install and perfect for retrofit n LEDs provide protection status Circuit Breaker and Surge Protective Device (SPD) Benefits By installing a Siemens Circuit Breaker and Surge Protective Device (SPD) in the load center of the residence, surge protection is provided for all branch circuits. Two green LED indicator lights are provided to show that surge protection is provided for all circuits connected to the load center. These breakers should be used for circuit protection of frequently used household or facility circuits because the lights and devices connected to these circuits provide an effective indication that surge protection is being provided. The circuit breaker and SPD utilize Siemens-built 50V AC, 40mm, metal oxide varistors (MOVs). The maximum impulse rating for the SPD module is 40kA. The standard interrupting rating for the circuit breakers is 0k AIC. All Type QP circuit breakers and SPD are plug-on style, with load terminals provided. The devices are rated for 20/240V AC and are calibrated for 40 degrees C maximum ambient applications. Breaker Type Ampere Rating Surge Type QP - Pole 20/240V AC (2) 5 QSA55SPD SPD 0K AIC (2) 20 QSA2020SPD SPD Amperage Number of Poles Initial Clamping Level Transient Energy Rating Transient Suppression Voltage Rating Peak Current Rating (impulse) Discharge Voltage Characteristic Discharge Current Withstand Rating Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating Listings/Certifications QSA55SPD QSA2020SPD 5 or 20 Amp (2) -Pole Circuit Breakers 240 Volts 360 Joules line-to-neutral 20 Joules line-to-line 500 volts peak, line-to-neutral 000 volts peak, line-to-line 40, ,000A, 800 volts (both line-to-neutral) 0,000 amperes line-to-neutral 0,000A, 20/240V AC UL, CSA Meets UL 449 4th Edition For warranty information please refer to the surge website Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog Product Category RESI

29 Panelboard Mounting with INSTA-WIRE Selection -Pole Bolt-On (20V AC) e Type BL a Type BLH a Type HBL a Continuous 0,000A IR 22,000A IR 65,000A IR Current 40 C 0 B0 5 B5 d B5H d B5HH d 20 B20 d B20H d B20HH d 25 B25 B25H B25HHn 30 B30 B30H B30HH 35 B35 B35Hn B35HHn 40 B40 B40H B40HH 45 B45n B45Hn B45HHn 50 B50 B50H B50HHn 60 B60 B60Hn B60HHn 0 B0 B0Hn B0HHn 2-Pole Bolt-On (Common-Trip 20/240V AC) f 0 B20 5 B25 B25H B25HH 20 B220 B220H B220HH 25 B225 B225Hn B225HHn 30 B230 B230H B230HH 35 B235 B235Hn B235HHn 40 B240 B240H B240HH 45 B245 B245Hn B245HHn 50 B250 B250H B250HH 60 B260 B260H B260HH 0 B20 B20Hn B20HHn 80 B280 B280Hn B280HHn 90 B290 B290Hn B290HHn 00 B200 B200H B200HH 0 B20n B20Hn B20HHn 25 B225 B225H B225HHn -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 2-Pole Bolt-On (Common-Trip 240V AC) cf 5 B25R 20 B220R 30 B230R 40 B240Rn 50 B250R 3-Pole Bolt-On (Common-Trip 240V AC) g 5 B35 B35H B35HH 20 B320 B320H B320HH 25 B325 B325H B325HHn 30 B330 B330H B330HH 35 B335 B335Hn B335HHn 40 B340 B340H B340HH 45 B345 B345Hn B345HHn 50 B350 B350H B350HH 60 B360 B360H B360HH 0 B30 B30H B30HH 80 B380 B380Hn B380HH 90 B390 B390Hn B390HH 00 B300 B300H B300HH Breaker Dimensions Type Amperes L D D2 BL, BLH BL, BLH HBL BL/BLH/HBL Internal Accessories Description Field/Factory Installed 20VAC Shunt Trip add suffix...00s0n Factory 24VAC Shunt Trip add suffix...00s0n Factory 20V Auxiliary Switch add suffix...0n b Factory Modifications Description 400Hz Calibration Marine 50 C Ambient Calibration Fungus Proofing add suffix...y h add suffix...m add suffix...f For external accessories, please refer to page -93 n Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery a UL Listed for use with 60/5 wire through 40 amps, UL listed for use with 5 wire only for 50 amps and above, HACR rated. 20V AC Fluorescent Lighting. b A and B contacts. c UL Listed for use on 3-phase grounded B systems 0,000 for this application. d UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). e Shipped 2 per sleeve. f Shipped 6 per sleeve. g Shipped 4 per sleeve. h UL Listed 5KA IR. i 0 Amp breaker does not have INSTA-WIRE. jfor 3 Phase Applications. UL Listed for reverse feed." Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -29

30 Panelboard Mounting Circuit Breakers Revised on 0/0/ Selection Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupters (AFCI) AFCI s detect arcing faults (an unintentional arcing condition in a circuit) that standard circuit breakers are unable to detect. The device is intended to mitigate the effects of arcing faults by functioning to de-energize the circuit when an arcfault is detected. Combination Type AFCI Detects all three possible types of arc fault: line-to-ground, line-to-neutral, and series. Breaker Type BAF2/BAFH2/HBAF2 -Pole 20V AC BAF/BAFH 2-Pole 20/240V AC Ampere Rating Branch-Feeder AFCI Detects line-to-ground and line-to neutral arcs. BAF2/BAFH2/HBAF2 -Pole 20V AC NEW 0,000 A IR 22,000 A IR 65,000 A IR 5 BA5AFC a BA5AFCHn BA5AFCHHn 20 BA20AFC a BA20AFCHn BA20AFCHHn 5 B25AFC a B25AFCHn 20 B220AFC a B220AFCHn 5 20 Dual Function AFCI/GFCI BA5AF a BA20AF a BA5AFHn a BA20AFHn a BA5AFHHn BA20AFHHn The Dual Function Circuit Breaker combines Combination Type AFCI and GFCI, protecting against both Arc Faults and (5mA) Ground Faults. The device includes the Self Test feature, making it the first in class in electrical safety for homeowners. BFGA2/BFGAH2/ HBFGA2 -Pole 20V AC 5 20 B5DF B20DF B5DFHn B20DFHn B5DFHHn B20DFHHn UL Listed -Pole Combination Type AFCI HACR Rated 2-Pole Combination Type AFCI Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI) Provides Class A (5mA) ground fault protection. Intended for personnel protection. De-energizes the circuit for all ungrounded conductors of the circuit. Breaker Type BLF/ BLHF -Pole 20V AC Bolt-On Amp Rating k A IR Cat. No. BF5A a BF20A a BF25A BF30A 22k A IR Cat. No. BF5AH a BF20AH a BF25AHn BF30AH 65k A IR Cat. No. BF5AHHn BF20AHHn BF25AHHn BF30AHHn Ground Fault Equipment Protection (30mA) Provides protection of equipment from damaging line-to-ground faults currents. De-energizes the circuit for all ungrounded conductors of the circuit. Breaker Type BLE/ BLEH -Pole, 20V AC Bolt-On Amp Rating k A IR Cat. No. BE5 a BE20 a BE30 22k A IR Cat. No. BE5Hn a BE20Hn a BE30Hn -Pole Branch Feeder AFCI -Pole Dual Function AFCI/GFC BLF/ BLHF 2-Pole 20/240V AC Bolt-On BF25A BF220A BF230A BF240A BF250A BF260A BF25AHn BF220AH BF230AH BF240AHn BF250AHn BF260AHn BLE/ BLEH 2-Pole 20/240V AC Bolt-On BE25 BE220 BE230 BE240 BE250 BE260 BE25Hn BE220Hn BE230Hn BE240Hn BE250Hn BE260Hn -Pole Equipment Protection 2-Pole Equipment Protection QAF2/QPF/QE Accessories Wiring Diagrams Description Padlocking Device -Pole Padlocking Device 2-Pole Handle Block ECPLD ECPLD2 ECBX23M n Built to order. Allow 8-0 weeks for delivery. a UL Listed as SWD (Switching Duty) Rated, suitable for 20V AC Fluorescent Lighting. -30 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

31 Panelboard Mounting Circuit Breakers Selection Special Application Breakers Switching Neutrals a Breaker Type BLG 2-Wire Common Trip BLG 3-Wire Common Trip HID Lighting a Ampere Rating 5 20 BG25 n BG220 n 30 BG330 n For high-intensity discharge lamp loads having in-rush currents above the instantaneous trip setting of a standard breaker. BL -Pole BL 2-Pole Molded Case Switch 5 B5HID b n 20 B20HID b 30 B30HID n 5 B25HID b n 20 B220HID b 30 B230HID n For applications that do not require overcurrent protection. BL 30 B230S 2-Pole 2-Wire Switching Neutrals 3-Wire n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a HACR rated. b UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 20V AC fluorescent lighting. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -3

32 BQD 00A Frame Panelboard Mounting Circuit Breakers BQD d -Pole 2-Pole c 3-Pole c Continuous Current 2V AC 25V DC 480Y/2V AC 25/250V DC 480Y/2V AC 40 C 5 BQD5 a b BQD25 e BQD35 e 20 BQD20 a b BQD220 e BQD320 e 25 BQD25 b BQD225 e BQD325 e 30 BQD30 b BQD230 e BQD330 e 35 BQD35 b BQD235 e BQD335 e 40 BQD40 b BQD240 e BQD340 e 45 BQD45 b n BQD245 e BQD345 e 50 BQD50 b BQD250 e BQD350 e 60 BQD60 BQD260 BQD360 0 BQD0n BQD20 BQD30 80 BQD80n BQD280 BQD BQD90n BQD290 BQD BQD00n BQD200 BQD300 BQD6 CSA Certified Continuous Current 40 C -Pole 2-Pole c 3-Pole c 34V AC 600/34V AC 600/34V AC 5 BQD65 a BQD625 BQD BQD620 a BQD6220 BQD BQD625n BQD6225n BQD6325n 30 BQD630 BQD6230 BQD BQD635n BQD6235n BQD6335n 40 BQD640n BQD6240n BQD BQD645n BQD6245n BQD6345n 50 BQD650n BQD6250n BQD BQD660n BQD6260n BQD BQD60n BQD620n BQD630 Shipping Weights Selection/Dimensions BQD, BQD6 BQD, BQD6 Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) (ea.) /2/ /6/ /4/6 2.0 Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Number Volts AC Volts DC Breaker of 480/ 600/ 25/ Type Poles BQD (UL) BQD (CSA) Lugs For 60/5 C Wire BQD Load End Only 5 40 #4 #6 AWG Cu #2 #6 AWG Al #8 # AWG Cu #6 #/0 AWG Al For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. aswd rated for switching fluorescent lighting. bhid rated at 2V AC. cnot suitable for 3-phase delta 480V applications. d HACR rated. ehid rated at 480Y/2V AC. For external accessories, please refer to pages -95 to -00 For internal accessories, please refer to page Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

33 GB Frame Selection Type NGB Frame (Panelboard Mount) Continuous -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Current 40 C 5 NGBB05B a b NGB2B05B b NGB3B05B b 20 NGBB020B a b NGB2B020B b NGB3B020B b 25 NGBB025B b NGB2B025B b NGB3B025B b 30 NGBB030B b NGB2B030B b NGB3B030B b 35 NGBB035B b NGB2B035B b NGB3B035B b 40 NGBB040B b NGB2B040B b NGB3B040B b 45 NGBB045B b NGB2B045B b NGB3B045B b 50 NGBB050B b NGB2B050B b NGB3B050B b 60 NGBB060B NGB2B060B NGB3B060B 0 NGBB00B NGB2B00B NGB3B00B 80 NGBB080B NGB2B080B NGB3B080B 90 NGBB090B NGB2B090B NGB3B090B 00 NGBB00B NGB2B00B NGB3B00B 0 NGBB0B NGB2B0B NGB3B0B 25 NGBB25B NGB2B25B NGB3B25B Load lugs are included as standard. HACR rated. Type HGB (Panelboard Mount) Continuous Current Rating -Pole 2-Pole 40 C 5 HGBB05B a b HGB2B05B b HGB3B05B b 20 HGBB020B a b HGB2B020B b HGB3B020B b 25 HGBB025B b HGB2B025B b HGB3B025B b 30 HGBB030B b HGB2B030B b HGB3B030B b 35 HGBB035B b HGB2B035B b HGB3B035B b 40 HGBB040B b HGB2B040B b HGB3B040B b 45 HGBB045B b HGB2B045B b HGB3B045B b 50 HGBB050B b HGB2B050B b HGB3B050B b 60 HGBB060B HGB2B060B HGB3B060B 0 HGBB00B HGB2B00B HGB3B00B 80 HGBB080B HGB2B080B HGB3B080B 90 HGBB090B HGB2B090B HGB3B090B 00 HGBB00B HGB2B00B HGB3B00B 0 HGBB0B HGB2B0B HGB3B0B 25 HGBB25B HGB2B25B HGB3B25B Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight lbs. (kg) 0.9 (0.4) 2.9 (0.9) (.2) Lugs For 60/5 C Wire NGBB030B Type LGB (Panelboard Mount) Continuous Current Rating -Pole 2-Pole 40 C 5 LGBB05B a b LGB2B05B b LGB3B05B b 20 LGBB020B a b LGB2B020B b LGB3B020B b 25 LGBB025B b LGB2B025B b LGB3B025B b 30 LGBB030B b LGB2B030B b LGB3B030B b 35 LGBB035B b LGB2B035B b LGB3B035B b 40 LGBB040B b LGB2B040B b LGB3B040B b 45 LGBB045B b LGB2B045B b LGB3B045B b 50 LGBB050B b LGB2B050B b LGB3B050B b 60 LGBB060B LGB2B060B LGB3B060B 0 LGBB00B LGB2B00B LGB3B00B 80 LGBB080B LGB2B080B LGB3B080B 90 LGBB090B LGB2B090B LGB3B090B 00 LGBB00B LGB2B00B LGB3B00B 0 LGBB0B LGB2B0B LGB3B0B 25 LGBB25B LGB2B25B LGB3B25B NGB Ampere Rating Wire Size 5 30A #4 #6 AWG Cu #2 #6 AWG Al Integral with breaker 35 25A #8-/0 AWG Cu #8-2/0 AWG Al Integral with breaker Interrupting Ratings (max. RMS symmetrical amperes ka) NGB HGB LGB UL489 Volts AC Volts DC Poles Y/2 600Y/ / , , , a SWD rated. b HID rated. c 2-pole only. 2-pole only or two outer poles of 3-pole breaker UL Listed for reverse feed. For external accessories, please refer to pages -95 to -00 For internal accessories, please refer to page -35 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -33

34 GB2 Frame Revised on 03/23/ Selection Type NGB2 (Panelboard Mount) Continuous -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Current 40 C 5 NGBK05B a b NGB2K05B b NGB3K05B b 20 NGBK020B a b NGB2K020B b NGB3K020B b 25 NGBK025B b NGB2K025B b NGB3K025B b 30 NGBK030B b NGB2K030B b NGB3K030B b 35 NGBK035B b NGB2K035B b NGB3K035B b 40 NGBK040B b NGB2K040B b NGB3K040B b 45 NGBK045B b NGB2K045B b NGB3K045B b 50 NGBK050B b NGB2K050B b NGB3K050B b 60 NGBK060B NGB2K060B NGB3K060B 0 NGBK00B NGB2K00B NGB3K00B 80 NGBK080B NGB2K080B NGB3K080B 90 NGBK090B NGB2K090B NGB3K090B 00 NGBK00B NGB2K00B NGB3K00B 0 NGBK0B NGB2K0B NGB3K0B 25 NGBK25B NGB2K25B NGB3K25B Load lugs are included as standard. HACR rated. NGB2 series Type HGB2 (Panelboard Mount) Continuous Current Rating -Pole 2-Pole 40 C 5 HGBK05B a b HGB2K05B b HGB3K05B b 20 HGBK020B a b HGB2K020B b HGB3K020B b 25 HGBK025B b HGB2K025B b HGB3K025B b 30 HGBK030B b HGB2K030B b HGB3K030B b 35 HGBK035B b HGB2K035B b HGB3K035B b 40 HGBK040B b HGB2K040B b HGB3K040B b 45 HGBK045B b HGB2K045B b HGB3K045B b 50 HGBK050B b HGB2K050B b HGB3K050B b 60 HGBK060B HGB2K060B HGB3K060B 0 HGBK00B HGB2K00B HGB3K00B 80 HGBK080B HGB2K080B HGB3K080B 90 HGBK090B HGB2K090B HGB3K090B 00 HGBK00B HGB2K00B HGB3K00B 0 HGBK0B HGB2K0B HGB3K0B 25 HGBK25B HGB2K25B HGB3K25B Shipping Weights Number of Poles Number per Carton.5 (.34) 2.3 (.59) (.98) Shipping Weight lbs. (kg) Lugs for 60/5 C Wire Type NGB2 HGB2 LGB2 Ampere Rating 5-30A 35-25A Type LGB2 (Panelboard Mount) Continuous Current Rating -Pole 2-Pole 40 C 5 LGBK05B a b LGB2K05B b LGB3K05B b 20 LGBK020B a b LGB2K020B b LGB3K020B b 25 LGBK025B b LGB2K025B b LGB3K025B b 30 LGBK030B b LGB2K030B b LGB3K030B b 35 LGBK035B b LGB2K035B b LGB3K035B b 40 LGBK040B b LGB2K040B b LGB3K040B b 45 LGBK045B b LGB2K045B b LGB3K045B b 50 LGBK050B b LGB2K050B b LGB3K050B b 60 LGBK060B LGB2K060B LGB3K060B 0 LGBK00B LGB2K00B LGB3K00B 80 LGBK080B LGB2K080B LGB3K080B 90 LGBK090B LGB2K090B LGB3K090B 00 LGBK00B LGB2K00B LGB3K00B 0 LGBK0B LGB2K0B LGB3K0B 25 LGBK25B LGB2K25B LGB3K25B Catalog Wire Size Number #4-#6 AWG Cu TCQ (qty. ) #2-#6 AWG Al 3TCQ (qty. 3) #8-/0 AWG Cu #8-2/0 AWG Al 3TCGG20 Interrupting Ratings (max. RMS symmetrical amperes ka) UL 489 Type NGB2 HGB2 LGB2 Volts AC Volts DC Poles Y/ / , , , a SWD rated. b HID rated. c 2-pole only. 2-pole only or two outer poles of 3-pole breaker Suitable for reverse feed applications f 3 pole breakers suitable for single phase applications For external accessories, please refer to pages -95 to -00 For internal accessories, please refer to page Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

35 Accessories a Revised on 05/04/ Selection Shunt Trip BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6, Control Voltage NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB, LGB, NGB2, HGB2 and LGB2 V AC V DC 20 CQDST CQDST240s 2 CQDST2s 480 CQDST480s 600 CQDST CQDST2 024 CQDST CQDST48 25 CQDST25 Auxiliary Switch Maximum Voltage Number of Contacts AC DC A B CQDA A 2B CQDA2 BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB, LGB, NGB2, HGB2 and LGB2 CQDST20AAS Alarm Switch Maximum Voltage AC DC CQDBA BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB, LGB, NGB2, HGB2 and LGB2 Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch Combinations Shunt Trip Voltage AC DC BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB, LGB, NGB2, HGB2 and LGB2 24 CQDST24AASs 20 CQDST20AASs 240 CQDST240AASs 2 CQDST2AASs 480 CQDST480AASs 600 CQDST600AASs 2 CQDST2DASs 24 CQDST24DASs 48 CQDST48DASs 25 CQDST25DASs CQD with Accessory Installed Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Combinations For Breaker BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB, LGB, NGB2, HGB2 and LGB2 CQDABAs s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. a Adds -pole space for accessory. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -35

36 Circuit Breakers Lug-In/Lug-Out with INSTA-WIRE Selection All BQ/BQH/HBQ circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add suffix L to catalog number. Consult Siemens for any additional charge. All standard circuit breakers are calibrated for 40 C maximum ambient application. Type BQ Type BQH Type HBQ Continuous Current Rating 0,000A IR 22,000A IR 65,000A 40 C -Pole (20V AC) e 5 BQB05 d BQB05H d HBB05n d 20 BQB020 d BQB020H d HBB020n d 25 BQB025 BQB025Hn HBB025n 30 BQB030 BQB030H HBB030n 35 BQB035n BQB035Hn HBB035n 40 BQB040 BQB040H HBB040n 45 BQB045n HBB045n 50 BQB050 BQB050H HBB050n 60 BQB060n BQB060Hn HBB060n 0 BQB00n BQB00Hn HBB00n 2-Pole (Common-Trip 20/240V AC) f 5 BQ2B05 BQ2B05H HB2B05n 20 BQ2B020 BQ2B020H HB2B020n 25 BQ2B025 BQ2B025Hn HB2B025n 30 BQ2B030 BQ2B030H HB2B030n 35 BQ2B035 BQ2B035Hn HB2B035n 40 BQ2B040 BQ2B040H HB2B040n 45 BQ2B045 HB2B045n 50 BQ2B050 BQ2B050H HB2B050n 60 BQ2B060 BQ2B060H HB2B060n 0 BQ2B00 BQ2B00Hn HB2B00n 80 BQ2B080 BQ2B080Hn HB2B BQ2B090 BQ2B090Hn HB2B090n 00 BQ2B00 BQ2B00H HB2B00 0 BQ2B0 HB2B0n 25 BQ2B25 BQ2B25H HB2B25 2-Pole (Common-Trip 240V AC) cf 5 BQ2H05 20 BQ2H BQ2H BQ2H040n 50 BQ2H BQ2H060 0 BQ2H00n 80 BQ2H080n 90 BQ2H090n 00 BQ2H00n 3-Pole (Common-Trip 240V AC) g 5 BQ3B05 BQ3B05H HB3B05n 20 BQ3B020 BQ3B020H HB3B020n 25 BQ3B025n BQ3B025Hn HB3B BQ3B030 BQ3B030H HB3B BQ3B035n BQ3B035H HB3B BQ3B040 BQ3B040H HB3B BQ3B045n BQ3B045H HB3B BQ3B050 BQ3B050H HB3B BQ3B060 BQ3B060H HB3B060 0 BQ3B00 BQ3B00H HB3B00n 80 BQ3B080 BQ3B080Hn HB3B080n 90 BQ3B090 BQ3B090Hn HB3B090n 00 BQ3B00 BQ3B00H HB3B00 BQ / BQH / HBQ Internal Accessories Description Field/Factory Installed 20VAC Shunt Trip add suffix...00s0n Factory 24VAC Shunt Trip add suffix...00s0n Factory 20V Auxiliary Switch add suffix...0n b Factory Factory Modifications Description Line Side Lugs Quick Connect Lug 400Hz Calibration Marine 50 C Ambient Calibration Fungus Proofing -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole add suffix...l add suffix...qx add suffix...y h add suffix...m add suffix...f For external accessories, please refer to page -93 n Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery a UL Listed for use with 60/5 wire through 40 amps, UL listed for use with 5 wire only for 50 amps and above, HACR rated. b A and B contacts. c UL Listed for use on 3-phase grounded B systems 0,000 for this application. d UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 20V AC Fluorescent Lighting. e Shipped 2 per sleeve. f Shipped 6 per sleeve. g Shipped 4 per sleeve. h UL Listed 5KA IR. i Refer to Table A on page Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

37 DIN Rail Mounted Circuit Breakers Selection/Dimensions Breaker Type Ampere Rating Catalog Number Line Side Connector Load Side Connector Interrupting Ratings (KA) (RMS Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC 20 20/240 -Pole DIN Rail (20V AC) BQLD -Pole 20V DIN Rail BQXD -Pole 20V DIN Rail 0 BQB00QLD TCQ TCQ 0 5 BQB05QLD TCQ TCQ 0 20 BQB020QLD TCQ TCQ 0 25 BQB025QLD TCQ TCQ 0 30 BQB030QLD TCQ TCQ 0 35 BQB035QLD TCQ TCQ 0 40 BQB040QLD TCQ TCQ 0 45 BQB045QLD TAQ TAQ 0 50 BQB050QLD TAQ TAQ 0 60 BQB060QLD TAQ TAQ 0 0 BQB00QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 5 BQB05QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 20 BQB020QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 25 BQB025QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 30 BQB030QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 35 BQB035QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 40 BQB040QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 45 BQB045QXD TAQ Quick-Connect 0 50 BQB050QXD TAQ Quick-Connect 0 60 BQB060QXD TAQ Quick-Connect 0 2-Pole DIN Rail (20/240V AC) BQLD 2-Pole 20/240V DIN Rail BQXD 2-Pole 20/240V DIN Rail 0 BQ2B00QLD TCQ TCQ 0 5 BQ2B05QLD TCQ TCQ 0 20 BQ2B020QLD TCQ TCQ 0 25 BQ2B025QLD TCQ TCQ 0 30 BQ2B030QLD TCQ TCQ 0 35 BQ2B035QLD TCQ TCQ 0 40 BQ2B040QLD TCQ TCQ 0 45 BQ2B045QLD TAQ TAQ 0 50 BQ2B050QLD TAQ TAQ 0 60 BQ2B060QLD TAQ TAQ 0 0 BQ2B00QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 5 BQ2B05QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 20 BQ2B020QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 25 BQ2B025QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 30 BQ2B030QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 35 BQ2B035QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 40 BQ2B040QXD TCQ Quick-Connect 0 45 BQ2B045QXD TAQ Quick-Connect 0 50 BQ2B050QXD TAQ Quick-Connect 0 60 BQ2B060QXD TAQ Quick-Connect 0 BQB05QLD BQB05QXD BQ2B05QLD BQ2B05QXD Lugs-For Use with BQXD Circuit Cab. Lug Breaker Per Wire Range Catalog Amp. Rtg. Lug AWG Number Line Side 0 40 #6 #6 Cu #2 #6 Al TCQ ab #8 # Cu #6 #/0 Al TAQ Finger Safe Terminal Shield Protects against accidental contact with lugs per lug. Fits line and load end. Qty BQFS2 2 BQFSK 000 Enclosures Type d EB300S c 3R WB300 Breaker Dimensions (inches) Type Amperes L D D2 BQ, BQH BQ, BQH HBQ BQXD For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a UL Listed for use with 60/5 wire through 40 amps, UL listed for use with 5 wire only for 50 amps and above, HACR rated. b Connector has steel construction. c Surface mounted indoor. If flush mounting is required, replace suffix S in catalog number with suffix F. Neutral included in enclosure. e Enclosure will not accept circuit breakers with shunt trips or auxiliary switches installed. f Type BQXD uses TAQ or TCQ lugs on line side of circuit breaker. Enclosures, see Section 6 For external accessories, please refer to pages -93, -95 to -00 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -3

38 QR 250A Frame Revised on 05/04/ Selection/Dimensions Continuous Current 40 C Type QR2 b 2-Pole 240V AC 3-Pole 240V AC 00 QR22B00 QR23B00 25 QR22B25 QR23B25 50 QR22B50 QR23B50 5 QR22B5 QR23B5 200 QR22B200 QR23B QR22B225 QR23B QR22B250 QR23B250 Type QRH2 b 00 QRH22B00n QRH23B00 25 QRH22B25 QRH23B25 50 QRH22B50 QRH23B50 5 QRH22B5n QRH23B5 200 QRH22B200 QRH23B QRH22B225 QRH23B QRH22B250 QRH23B250 Type HQR2 b 00 HQR22B00n HQR23B00 25 HQR22B25 HQR23B25 50 HQR22B50 HQR23B50 5 HQR22B5n HQR23B5 200 HQR22B200 HQR23B HQR22B225 HQR23B HQR22B250 HQR23B250 Type HQR2H b 00 HQR22B00H HQR23B00H 25 HQR22B25H HQR23B25H 50 HQR22B50H HQR23B50H 5 HQR22B5H HQR23B5H 200 HQR22B200H HQR23B200H 225 HQR22B225H HQR23B225H 250 HQR22B250H HQR23B250H Ordering Information Load side 3TAQR300 lugs are mounted and included when circuit breaker is ordered. For line and load lugs (3TAQR300) installed at no additional charge, add suffix L to catalog number. 50 C Calibration - See page HZ. - See page -9. Shipping Weights Number of Poles Lugs For 5 C Wire a Catalog Number UL 489 Interrupting Ratings Breaker Type Lug Body QR2 0 QRH2 25 HQR2 65 HQR2H 00 Lug Wire Range 3TAQR300 Al #3-300 Kcmil Al/Cu 3TCQR250 Cu #3-300 Kcmil Cu ONLY CCQ250 CMP Number per Carton Shipping Weight (lbs.) #6 AWG - 350kcmil Al/Cu Enclosures (Neutral Included) Catalog Type Number QR2N(S) or (F) 3R QR2N3R3 2 QR2N2 4X QR2N4X 4X36 QR2N4X36 RMS Symmetrical Amperes (ka) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) pole pole D 2.53 n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a See Note: A page -8. Note: QR breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. b HACR rated. Enclosures Section 6 For external accessories, please refer to pages -95 to Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

39 QR Accessories Revised on 04/0/ Selection Shunt Trip Control Voltage Shunt Trip Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch Combination AC DC In Rush 24.A S0QR2 S0QR2A A AC /.8A DC S0QR2 S0QR2A Auxiliary Switch Contains () or (2) sets of A contacts and B contacts Maximum Control Supply Voltage (V) Maximum Allowable Current (A) Single Auxiliary A -B Contact Double Auxiliary 2A - 2B Contact 250 AC /25 DC 5 AC / 0.5 DC A0QR2 A02QR2 External Accessories Description Padlock Device Mounting Screw Kit Handle Blocking Device Handle Sliding-bar Interlock HPLQR MSQR3 HBLQR SBMIQR Padlock Device HPLQR Handle Block Device HBLQR Mechanical Interlock SBMIQR Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -39

40 CQD 00A Frame Type CQD (Cable In - Cable Out) DIN Rail Mount c -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Continuous Current Rating 2V AC 25V DC 480Y/2V AC 25/250V DC 480Y/2V 40 C 5 CQD5 ab CQD25 b CQD35 b 20 CQD20 ab CQD220 b CQD320 b 25 CQD25 b CQD225 b CQD325 b 30 CQD30 b CQD230 b CQD330 b 35 CQD35 b n CQD235 b n CQD335 b 40 CQD40 b n CQD240 b CQD340 b 45 CQD45 b n CQD245 b n CQD345 b n 50 CQD50 b n CQD250 b CQD350 b 60 CQD60n CQD260 CQD360 0 CQD0n CQD20 CQD30 80 CQD80n CQD280 CQD CQD90n CQD290n CQD CQD00n CQD200 CQD300 Shipping Weights Selection/Dimensions Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight lbs. (kg) 0.5 (0) 2.0 (0) 3.5 () Lugs For 60/5 C Wire Amps Wire Size 5 40 #4 #6 AWG Cu #2 #6 AWG Al #8 # AWG Cu #6 #/0 AWG Al Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Breaker Number Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Type of Poles /2 600/ /250 CQD (UL) CQD CQD For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a SWD rated. Note: CQD breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. b HID rated. c HACR rated. Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -42 and -95 to Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

41 GG 25A Frame GG 25A Frame (Cable In - Cable Out) Continuous -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Current 40 C 5 NGGB05L a b NGG2B05L b NGG3B05L b 20 NGGB020L a b NGG2B020L b NGG3B020L b 25 NGGB025L b NGG2B025L b NGG3B025L b 30 NGGB030L b NGG2B030L b NGG3B030L b 35 NGGB035L b NGG2B035L b NGG3B035L b 40 NGGB040L b NGG2B040L b NGG3B040L b 45 NGGB045L b NGG2B045L b NGG3B045L b 50 NGGB050L b NGG2B050L b NGG3B050L b 60 NGGB060L NGG2B060L NGG3B060L 0 NGGB00L NGG2B00L NGG3B00L 80 NGGB080L NGG2B080L NGG3B080L 90 NGGB090L NGG2B090L NGG3B090L 00 NGGB00L NGG2B00L NGG3B00L 0 NGGB0L NGG2B0L NGG3B0L 25 NGGB25L NGG2B25L NGG3B25L GG 2.9 Revised on 0/26/8 Selection/Dimensions 5.4 Line and load lugs are included as standard. If no lugs are required, remove the L suffix. HACR rated. Suitable for screws or DIN rail mounting. Type HGG (Cable In - Cable Out) Continuous Current Rating -Pole 2-Pole 40 C 5 HGGB05L b HGG2B05L b HGG3B05L b 20 HGGB020L b HGG2B020L b HGG3B020L b 25 HGGB025L b HGG2B025L b HGG3B025L b 30 HGGB030L b HGG2B030L b HGG3B030L b 35 HGGB035L b HGG2B035L b HGG3B035L b 40 HGGB040L b HGG2B040L b HGG3B040L b 45 HGGB045L b HGG2B045L b HGG3B045L b 50 HGGB050L b HGG2B050L b HGG3B050L b 60 HGGB060L HGG2B060L HGG3B060L 0 HGGB00L HGG2B00L HGG3B00L 80 HGGB080L HGG2B080L HGG3B080L 90 HGGB090L HGG2B090L HGG3B090L 00 HGGB00L HGG2B00L HGG3B00L 0 HGGB0L HGG2B0L HGG3B0L 25 HGGB25L HGG2B25L HGG3B25L Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight lbs. (kg).5 (0.34) 2.3 (0.59) (0.98) Lugs For 60/5 C Wire NGG Ampere Rating Wire Size 5 30A #4 #6 AWG Cu TCQ (qty. ) #2 #6 AWG Al 3TCQ (qty. 3) 35 25A #8 /0 AWG Cu #8 2/0 AWG Al 3TCGG20 (qty. 3) 5 25A Nut Keeper plate w/ screw (for crimp terminals) TNKG3 (qty. 3) GG Type LGG (Cable In - Cable Out) Continuous Current Rating -Pole 2-Pole 40 C 5 LGGB05L b LGG2B05L b LGG3B05L b 20 LGGB020L b LGG2B020L b LGG3B020L b 25 LGGB025L b LGG2B025L b LGG3B025L b 30 LGGB030L b LGG2B030L b LGG3B030L b 35 LGGB035L b LGG2B035L b LGG3B035L b 40 LGGB040L b LGG2B040L b LGG3B040L b 45 LGGB045L b LGG2B045L b LGG3B045L b 50 LGGB050L b LGG2B050L b LGG3B050L b 60 LGGB060L LGG2B060L LGG3B060L 0 LGGB00L LGG2B00L LGG3B00L 80 LGGB080L LGG2B080L LGG3B080L 90 LGGB090L LGG2B090L LGG3B090L 00 LGGB00L LGG2B00L LGG3B00L 0 LGGB0L LGG2B0L LGG3B0L 25 LGGB25L LGG2B25L LGG3B25L Interrupting Ratings (max. RMS symmetrical amperes ka) Breaker Type NGG HGG LGG UL489 IEC (Ics = 50%Icu) Volts AC Volts DC Volts AC Volts DC Poles Y/ / / , , , For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. a b SWD rated. HID rated at 5-50A 2 VAC; 2 & 480 VAC Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -42 and -95 to -00 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -4

42 Accessories a Selection Shunt Trip BQD, BQD6, CQD, Control Voltage NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB and LGB V AC V DC 20 CQDST CQDST240s 2 CQDST2s 480 CQDST480s 600 CQDST CQDST2 024 CQDST CQDST48 25 CQDST25 Auxiliary Switch Maximum Voltage AC DC Number of Contacts A B CQDA A 2B CQDA2 BQD, BQD6, CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB and LGB CQDST20AAS Alarm Switch Maximum Voltage AC DC CQDBA BQD, BQD6, CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB and LGB Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch Combinations Shunt Trip Voltage AC DC BQD, BQD6, CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB and LGB 24 CQDST24AASs 20 CQDST20AASs 240 CQDST240AASs 2 CQDST2AASs 480 CQDST480AASs 600 CQDST600AASs 2 CQDST2DASs 24 CQDST24DASs 48 CQDST48DASs 25 CQDST25DASs CQD with Accessory Installed Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Combinations For Breaker BQD, BQD6, CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB and LGB CQDABAs s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. a Adds -pole space for accessory. -42 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

43 EG 25A Frame Selection/Dimensions Type NEG (Cable In - Cable Out) Continuous -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Ampere 40 C 5 NEGB05L a b NEG2B05L b NEG3B05L NEG4B05L 20 NEGB020L a b NEG2B020L b NEG3B020L NEG4B020L 25 NEGB025L b NEG2B025L b NEG3B025L NEG4B025L 30 NEGB030L b NEG2B030L b NEG3B030L NEG4B030L 35 NEGB035L b NEG2B035L b NEG3B035L NEG4B035L 40 NEGB040L b NEG2B040L b NEG3B040L NEG4B040L 45 NEGB045L b NEG2B045L b NEG3B045L NEG4B045L 50 NEGB050L b NEG2B050L b NEG3B050L NEG4B050L 60 NEGB060L NEG2B060L NEG3B060L NEG4B060L 0 NEGB00L NEG2B00L NEG3B00L NEG4B00L 80 NEGB080L NEG2B080L NEG3B080L NEG4B080L 90 NEGB090L NEG2B090L NEG3B090L NEG4B090L 00 NEGB00L NEG2B00L NEG3B00L NEG4B00L 0 NEGB0L NEG2B0L NEG3B0L NEG4B0L 25 NEGB25L NEG2B25L NEG3B25L NEG4B25L HEG Type HEG (Cable In - Cable Out) Continuous -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Ampere 40 C 5 HEGB05L a b HEG2B05L b HEG3B05L HEG4B05L 20 HEGB020L a b HEG2B020L b HEG3B020L HEG4B020L 25 HEGB025L b HEG2B025L b HEG3B025L HEG4B025L 30 HEGB030L b HEG2B030L b HEG3B030L HEG4B030L 35 HEGB035L b HEG2B035L b HEG3B035L HEG4B035L 40 HEGB040L b HEG2B040L b HEG3B040L HEG4B040L 45 HEGB045L b HEG2B045L b HEG3B045L HEG4B045L 50 HEGB050L b HEG2B050L b HEG3B050L HEG4B050L 60 HEGB060L HEG2B060L HEG3B060L HEG4B060L 0 HEGB00L HEG2B00L HEG3B00L HEG4B00L 80 HEGB080L HEG2B080L HEG3B080L HEG4B080L 90 HEGB090L HEG2B090L HEG3B090L HEG4B090L 00 HEGB00L HEG2B00L HEG3B00L HEG4B00L 0 HEGB0L HEG2B0L HEG3B0L HEG4B0L 25 HEGB25L HEG2B25L HEG3B25L HEG4B25L Line and load lugs are included as standard. HACR rated. Suitable for screw mounting. Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight lbs. (kg). (0.5) (0.9) 3 3. (.4) (.8) Interrupting Ratings Lugs For 60/5 C Wire NEG/HEG Ampere Rating Wire Size 5 25A #4 3/0 AWG Cu (steel lugs) 3TWEG30 (qty. 3) 5 25A d #4 /0 AWG Cu #4 /0 AWG Al 3TAEG0 (qty. 3) 5 25A d #6-3/0 AWG Cu #6-3/0 AWG AI 3TAEG30 (qty. 3) 5 25A Nut Keeper plate w/ screw TNKE3 (3-Pole) (for crimp terminals) TNKE4 (4-Pole) NEG, HEG UL 489 AIR IEC RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Volts AC (50/60Hz) Number Breaker of Volts AC(50/60Hz) Volts DC 220/ /45 Volts DC Type Poles / /250 lcu lcs lcu lcs 25 25/250 NEG , 3, c HEG , 3, c For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. a SWD rated. b HID rated 2 VAC. c Applies to 3 & 4-pole breakers only. d Optional lugs for NEG and HEG breakers. Accessories pages -44 and -95 to -00 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -43

44 Internal Accessories for NEG and HEG 25A Frame Selection Shunt Trip Control Voltage NEG, HEG, NEB, HEB V AC V DC STRER240A 25 STRED25D STREV STREM60D Auxiliary Switch Maximum Number NEG, HEG, Voltage of NEB, HEB AC DC Contacts A B ASKE A 2B ASKE3 Alarm Switch Maximum Number NEG, HEG, Voltage of NEB, HEB AC DC Contacts A B ASKE A 2B ASKE5 Undervoltage Trip Control NEG, HEG, Voltage NEB, HEB AC DC 24 UVREB24A 60 UVREM60s 20 UVREN UVRER UVREU480s 600 UVREV600s 24 UVREB24D 48 UVREC48Ds 25 UVRED25Ds 250 UVREE250Ds Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Combinations For Breaker NEG, HEG ASKE6 s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. -44 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

45 ED 25A Frame Sentron Series Selection Ordering Instructions All ED Frame Sentron circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add L suffix to catalog number. Consult Siemens sales office for any addditional charge 50 C Calibration, 400HZ - see page -9. All ED frame circuit breakers may be reverse connected Type ED2 e Note: ED frame circuit breakers qualified to UL 489 Supplement SB Naval See page -9 for additional information n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a CSA Certified only (Not UL) Blue Label -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Continuous 25V DC Current Rating 20V AC 25V DC 240V AC 250V DC 240V 40 C 05 ED2B05 d n ED22B05 ED23B ED2B020 d n ED22B020 ED23B ED2B025n ED22B025n ED23B025n 030 ED2B030n ED22B030 ED23B ED2B035n ED22B035n ED23B035n 040 ED2B040n ED22B040 ED23B ED2B045n ED22B045n ED23B045n 050 ED2B050n ED22B050 ED23B ED2B060n ED22B060 ED23B ED2B00n ED22B00 ED23B00 80 ED2B080n ED22B080n ED23B ED2B090n ED22B090n ED23B090n 00 ED2B00n ED22B00 ED23B00 Type ED4 e Continuous Current 40 C Blue Label -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 20V AC 2V AC 25V DC 480V AC 250V DC 480V AC 05 ED4B05 d ED43B ED4B020 d ED42B020 ED43B ED4B025 ED42B025 ED43B ED4B030 ED42B030 ED43B ED4B035n ED42B035n ED43B ED4B040 ED42B040 ED43B ED4B045n ED42B045n ED43B ED4B050 ED42B050 ED43B ED4B060 ED42B060 ED43B ED4B00 ED42B00 ED43B ED4B080n ED42B080n ED43B ED4B090n ED42B090n ED43B ED4B00 ED42B00 ED43B00 0 ED4B0 ED42B0n ED43B0 25 ED42B25 ED43B25 Type ED6 e Blue Label Continuous -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole Current Rating 34V AC 600V AC 250V DC 600V AC 500V DC 600V 40 C 5 ED6B05 ED63D05L 20 ED6B020 ED62B020 ED63B020 ED63D020L 25 ED6B025 ED62B025n ED63B025 ED63D025L 30 ED6B030 ED62B030 ED63B030 ED63D030L 35 ED6B035 ED62B035n ED63B035 ED63D035L 40 ED6B040 ED62B040n ED63B040 ED63D040L 45 ED6B045n ED62B045n ED63B045 ED63D045L 50 ED6B050 ED62B050n ED63B050 ED63D050L 60 ED6B060 ED63B060 ED63D060L 0 ED6B00n ED63B00 80 ED6B080 ED63B ED6B090 ED63B ED6B00n ED63B00 0 ED63B0 25 ED63B25 b For CED types and all 0 25 ampere ED frames. csee Note: A, page -88. dswd rated. e HACR rated. Not for use with HHED6 breakers. Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED CED Lugs Ampere Rating No. of Poles Catalog Number Aluminum Body Lugs All 5 25A, 2, 3 Line/Load SAE025 All 30 00A, 2, 3 Line Side LNE00 ED2, 4, CED A ED2, 4, CED6 0 00A ED2, 4, HED4, HHED A ED A 2, 3 2, 3 All 0, 25A 2, 3 Copper Body Lugs All 30 25A, 2, 3 Load Side LDE060 Load Side LDE00 Load Side LNE00 Line Side LNE00 Line/Load TAE625 Line/Load TCED650 c Compression Lugs All ED, HHED, CED CCE25 2/0 Wire Range #4 #0 Cu #2 #0 Al #0 /0 Cu/Al #0 #4 Cu/Al #6 #/0 Cu/Al #0 /0 Cu/Al #0 /0 Cu/Al #3 3/0 Cu # 2/0 Al #0 /0 Cu only Enclosures (Neutral Included) Type (Surface) E2NS (5 00A) (Flush) E2NF (5 00A) 3R E2N3R (5 00A) 4 4X ED6SS4 (5 00A) 4 4X ED6S4 (5 00A) 4 4X (36SS) ED6S436 (5 00A) 9 EA (5 60A) 9 EB (0 00A) 2 E2N2 (5 00A) (Surface) CED6NS b (Flush) CED6NF b 3R CED6N3R b 2 CED6N2 b Modifications page -9 Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -4 and -95 to -00 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -45

46 ED 25A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions Type HED4 Black Label -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Continuous Current Rating 2V AC 25V DC 480V AC 250V DC 480V 40 C 05 HED4B05 a HED42B05 HED43B HED4B020 a HED42B020 HED43B HED4B025 HED42B025n HED43B HED4B030 HED42B030 HED43B HED4B035n HED42B035n HED43B HED4B040 HED42B040 HED43B HED4B045n HED42B045n HED43B HED4B050n HED42B050 HED43B HED4B060n HED42B060n HED43B HED4B00n HED42B00n HED43B00 80 HED4B080n HED42B080n HED43B HED4B090n HED42B090n HED43B HED4B00n HED42B00n HED43B00 0 HED42B0n HED43B0 25 HED42B25n HED43B25 Type HHED6 Black Label Type CED6 Red Label Continuous Current 40 C 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 600V AC 600V AC, 250V DC 600V AC, 500V DC b 05 HHED63B05A CED62B05 CED63B HHED63B020 CED62B020n CED63B HHED63B HHED63B030 CED62B030n CED63B HHED63B HHED63B040 CED62B040n CED63B HHED63B HHED63B050 CED62B050n CED63B CED62B060n CED63B CED62B00n CED63B CED62B080n CED63B CED62B090n CED63B CED62B00n CED63B00 0 CED63B0n 25 CED62B25n CED63B25 Interrupting Ratings Fuseless Current Limiting FIGURE - ED, HED, HHED H W3 W W2 -POLE 2-POLE 3-POLE FIGURE 2 - CED (3-Pole shown) H Dimensions (in inches) W2, W3 Breaker Type W W2 W3 H D D Figure ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, ED6 ETI c Figure HHED Figure 2 CED6, CED6 ETI c UL 489 AIR (File #E0848) IEC 94-2 RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Volts AC (50/60Hz) Volts AC Volts DC 220/ / Breaker Type lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs ED2 (-P) 0 5 ED2 (2, 3-P) 0 5 (2-P) ED4 (-P) ED4 (2, 3-P) (2-P) ED6 (P) ED6 (2, 3-P) (3-P) ED6 (3-P) 0 HED4 (-P) (5 30A) HED4 (-P) (35 00A) HED4 (2, 3-P) (2-P) HHED6 (2, 3-P) CED6 (2, 3-P) (2-P) 30 (3-P) D D D D n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. aswd rated. b When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems. c ED6-ETI, CED6-ETI, see page -4 for ordering information. d Single Pole 5-30A 34V non-ul A 34V non-ul. e HACR rated. f HHED63B05A is rated 8KAIC at 600/34V. -46 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

47 Accessories Selection Accessories for: ED 25A Frame Combinations Available only when ordered together. Only one module can be added to a breaker. Additional accessories, which always attach to the left pole, cannot be added to the combination later. Adds inch pole space. Equipment Ground Sensing A field addable kit containing 30mA or 5 ma ground fault accessory module, current transformer with 24 inch leads, and current transformer mounting equipment. Current transformer to mount in gutter of lighting panel or any control panel. Accessory module operates from separate 20V control power source. Both 30MA and 5MA devices are equipment protection devices only. Do not use for personnel protection. GF0ED60 Shunt Trip Combinations Shunt Trip Control Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch Shunt Trip and Shunt Trip and 2 Voltage Shunt Trip Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches AC DC 024 SED S8ED60 20 S0ED60 S0ED62A S0ED62AB S0ED62B S0ED62AA 208 S02ED62As S02ED62ABs S02ED62Bs S02ED62AAs 240 S03ED60 S03ED62A S03ED62AB S03ED62Bs S03ED62AAs 2 S5ED60s S5ED64As S5ED64ABs S5ED64Bs 480 S04ED60 S04ED64As S04ED64ABs S04ED64Bs 02 S6ED60s S6ED62As 024 S0ED60 S0ED62A S0ED62ABs S0ED62Bs S0ED62AAs 048 S09ED60s S09ED62As S09ED62ABs S09ED62Bs S09ED62AAs 25 SED60s SED62As SED62ABs SED62Bs SED62AAs 250 S3ED60s S3ED62As S3ED62ABs S3ED62Bs S3ED62AAs Undervoltage Trip Combinations Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage and Auxiliary Undervoltage Undervoltage Control Undervoltage Trip and Switch and Trip and Trip and 2 Voltage Trip Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches AC DC 20 U0ED60 U0ED62A U0ED62ABs U0ED62Bs U0ED62AAs 208 U02ED60s U02ED62As U02ED62ABs U02ED62Bs U02ED62AAs 240 U03ED60 U03ED62As U03ED62ABs U03ED62Bs U03ED62AAs 2 U6ED60s U6ED64As U6ED64ABs U6ED64Bs 480 U06ED60s U06ED64As U06ED64ABs U06ED64Bs 600 U08ED60s 024 U3ED60 U3ED62As U3ED62ABs U3ED62Bs U3ED62AAs 048 U4ED60s U4ED62As U4ED62ABs U4ED62Bs U4ED62AAs 25 U0ED60s U0ED62As U0ED62ABs U0ED62Bs U0ED62AAs 250 U2ED60s U2ED62As U2ED62AAs Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Alarm Switch and Alarm Switch and Voltage Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC A0ED62 A0ED62B A02ED62 A02ED62B 480 A0ED64 A0ED64B Maximum Voltage Auxiliary Switch AC DC 2 A0EDLV Gold Plated Contacts for PLC use Alarm Switch Only Maximum Voltage Alarm Switch AC DC B00ED B00ED64 Ground Fault Sensing Relay Kit Equipment Protection Only For Use With Number of Breaker Frame Poles Description 30mA 5mA Basic Kit GF0ED60 GF0ED65 CED6, ED2, ED4 Basic Kit with Normally ED6, EFC, EFF,, 2, 3 Open Bell Alarm GF0ED60B0 GF0ED65B0s Closed Bell Alarm HED4, HHED6 Basic Kit with Normally GF0ED60BC GF0ED65BCs s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -4

48 FD 250A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type FXD6-A a Blue Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating 2-Pole 40 C 0 FXD62B00n FXD63B00 80 FXD62B080n FXD63B FXD62B090n FXD63B FXD62B00 FXD63B00 0 FXD62B0n FXD63B0 25 FXD62B25 FXD63B25 50 FXD62B50 FXD63B50 5 FXD62B5 FXD63B5 200 FXD62B200 FXD63B FXD62B225 FXD63B FXD62B250 FXD63B250 Type FD6-A Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current 40 C Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 AIR (File E0848) IEC 94-2 Volts AC (50/60Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60Hz) Breaker c 220/ / Type lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs FXD6-A, FD6-A (2-P) 8 (3-P) HFXD6, HFD (2-P) 25 (3-P) HHFD6, HHFXD CFD (2-P) 50 (3-P) Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Blue Label Complete Breaker Unassembled w/lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b 0 FD62B00n FD62T00n 80 FD62B080n FD62T080n 90 FD62B090n FD62T090n 00 FD62B00n FD62T00n 0 FD62B0n FD62T0n 25 FD62B25n FD62F250 FD62T25n 50 FD62B50 FD62T50 5 FD62B5n FD62T5n 200 FD62B200 FD62T FD62B225n FD62T225n 250 FD62B250n FD62T250n 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c 0 FD63B00n FD63T00n 80 FD63B080n FD63T080n 90 FD63B090n FD63T090n 00 FD63B00 FD63T00 0 FD63B0n FD63T0n 25 FD63B25 FD63F250 FD63T25 50 FD63B50 FD63T50 5 FD63B5 FD63T5 200 FD63B200 FD63T FD63B225 FD63T FD63B250 FD63T250 Nominal Instantaneous Values +20% +20% Breaker Ampere Tolerance Tolerance Rating Low High Ordering Information Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of FD6, HFD6, and HHFD6 breakers includes frame, trip and both line and load lugs (TAFD350A). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip, and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of FXD6, HFXD6, HHFXD6, and CFD6 includes frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TAFD350A) installed, add suffix L to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 50 C Applications see page Hz Applications see page -9. Lugs For 5 C Wire e Catalog Wire Number Range TAFD350A #6 350 kcmil Cu #4 350 kcmil Al TCFD350 #6 350 kcmil Cu Compression Lug CCF kcmil Cu/Al Enclosures Catalog Type Number F6NS(F) 3R F6N3R 4-4X FD6SS4-9 EC2 2 F6N2 Neutral d N250 Modifications page -9 Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -50 and -95 to -00 n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a Type FXD6-A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse fed applications. b 2-pole units are 3-pole width. c When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. d Order neutral as separate item. e See Note: A, page -88. f HACR rated. Note: FD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB NAVAL. See page -9 for additional information. -48 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

49 FD 250A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions Type HFD6, Type HFXD6 bc Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current 40 C Type CFD6-A c Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC 00 CFD63B00n 080 CFD63B080n 090 CFD63B090n 00 CFD63B00n 0 CFD63B0n 25 CFD63B25n 50 CFD63B50 5 CFD63B5 200 CFD63B CFD63B CFD63B250 Black Label Complete Breaker Unassembled w/lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 0 HFD62B00n FD62T00n 80 HFD62B080n FD62T080n 90 HFD62B090n FD62T090n 00 HFD62B00n FD62T00n 0 HFD62B0n FD62T0n 25 HFD62B25n HFD62F250 FD62T25n 50 HFD62B50n FD62T50n 5 HFD62B5n FD62T5n 200 HFD62B200n FD62T200n 225 HFD62B225n FD62T225n 250 HFD62B250n FD62T250n 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC 0 HFD63B00n FD63T00n 80 HFD63B080n FD63T080n 90 HFD63B090n FD63T090n 00 HFD63B00 FD63T00 0 HFD63B0n FD63T0n 25 HFD63B25 HFD63F250 FD63T25 50 HFD63B50 FD63T50 5 HFD63B5 FD63T5 200 HFD63B200 FD63T HFD63B225 FD63T HFD63B250 FD63T250 Type HHFD, HHFXD6 bc 3-Pole 600V AC, Extra High Interrupting 0 HHFD63B00n FD63T00n 80 HHFD63B080n FD63T080n 90 HHFD63B090n FD63T090n 00 HHFD63B00 FD63T00 0 HHFD63B0n FD63T0n 25 HHFD63B25 HHFD63F250 FD63T25 50 HHFD63B50 FD63T50 5 HHFD63B5 FD63T5 200 HHFD63B200 FD63T HHFD63B225 FD63T HHFD63B250 FD63T250 W Figure Figure 2 Dimensions (in inches) Breaker D Type W L D (to handle) Figure FXD6-A, FD6-A, HFD6, HFXD6, HHFD6, FD6-ETI Figure 2 CFD6, CFD6-ETI Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6, FXD6-A Assembled Circuit Breaker (less connectors) FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6 Frame Only FD6 Trip Unit Only CFD6 Assembled Circuit Breaker (less terminals) 3 6 D L n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems. b For non-interchangeable trip 3-pole HFD6 type circuit breaker, change prefix identifier from HFD6 to HFXD6. Price equals frame and trip prices combined, e.g. price of HFXD63B250 equals price of HFD63F250 plus price of FD63T250. Order lugs separately. c Type HFXD6, HHFXD6, CFD6 are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. d FXD6, ETI, CFD6, ETI See page -4 for ordering information. HACR rated. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -49

50 Internal Accessories Selection Accessories: for FD, FFC & FFF 250A Frames Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage Shunt Trip AC DC 024 SFD60 20 S0FD S03FD60 2 S5FD60s 480 S04FD S06FD60s 02 S6FD60s 024 S0FD S09FD60s 25 SFD S3FD60s Undervoltage Trip Combinations Control Voltage Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip and Auxiliary Switch S0FD60 AC DC 20 U0FD60 W0FD U02FD60s W02FD64s 240 U03FD60 W03FD64s 2 U6FD60s W6FD64s 480 U06FD60s W06FD64s 600 U08FD60s 024 U3FD60 W3FD U4FD60s W4FD64s 25 U0FD60s W0FD64s 250 U2FD60s W2FD64s Auxiliary Switch Combinations Voltage Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC 240 A0FD62 A02FD A0FD64 A02FD64 2 A0FDLV Gold Plated Contacts - for PLC use Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Alarm Switch Alarm Switch and Auxiliary Switch AC DC B00FD64 C0FD64 s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. aauxiliary switch application is for 480V AC maximum. Note: Old F-frame accessories cannot be used in new Sentron line. Likewise, new FD-frame accessories cannot be used on old F-frame circuit breakers. -50 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

51 JD 400A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type JXD2-A 240V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC Only Blue Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C 2-Pole (3-Pole Width) 3-Pole 200 JXD22B200n JXD23B JXD22B225n JXD23B JXD22B250n JXD23B JXD22B300 JXD23B JXD22B350n JXD23B JXD22B400 JXD23B400 Type JXD6-A a 600V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC, 3-Pole 500V DC b Blue Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) 200 JXD62B200n JXD63B JXD62B225n JXD63B JXD62B250n JXD63B JXD62B300 JXD63B JXD62B350n JXD63B JXD62B400 JXD63B400 Type JD6-A Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current 40 C Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 AIR (File E0848) IEC 94-2 Volts AC Volts DC Volts AC (50/60Hz) Breaker (50/60Hz) 220/ / Type b lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs JXD2-A (2-P) JXD6-A, JD6-A (2-P) 25 (3-P) HJD6-A, HJXD6-A (2-P) 35 (3-P) HHJD6, HHJXD CJD6-A (2-P) 50 (3-P) Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Blue Label Complete Breaker Unassembled w/lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 200 JD62B200n JD62T200n 225 JD62B225n JD62T225n 250 JD62B250n JD62F400 JD62T250n 300 JD62B300n JD62T300n 350 JD62B350n JD62T350n 400 JD62B400 JD62T400 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC b 200 JD63B200 JD63T JD63B225 JD63T JD63B250 JD63F400 JD63T JD63B300 JD63T JD63B350 JD63T JD63B400 JD63T400 Nominal Instantaneous Values +20% +20% Breaker Ampere Tolerance Tolerance Rating Low High Ordering Information Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of JD6, HJD6, and HHJD6 breakers include frame, trip and both line and load lugs (TA2J6500). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip, and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of JXD6, HJXD6, HHJXD6, and CJD6 include frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA2J6500) installed, add suffix L to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 00% Rated (3-pole only) Types JXD6 and HJXD6 breakers are available with 00% ratings. To order add suffix H to catalog number, and 0% to list price.n 00% rated JD breakers require the use of 90 C Cu cable sized at 5 C ampacity and lugs TCJ6600 or TC2J C Applications see page Hz Applications see page -9. Lugs For 5 C Wire c Cables Catalog per Wire Number Lug Range TA2J6500, 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu 2 #4/0-500 kcmil Al TAL kcmil Al kcmil Cu TCJ6600 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu TC2J6500, 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu Compression Lug CCL kcmil Cu/Al n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a Type JXD2 and JXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. b When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. c See Note: A, page -88. d HACR rated. Note: JD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B NAVAL. See page -9 for additional information. Modifications page -9 Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -54 and -95 to -00 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -5

52 JD 400A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions Type HJD6-A, HJXD6-A bdf Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current 40 C Black Label Complete Breaker Unassembled w/lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 200 HJD62B200n JD62T200n 225 HJD62B225n JD62T225n 250 HJD62B250n HJD62F400n JD62T250n 300 HJD62B300n JD62T300n 350 HJD62B350n JD62T350n 400 HJD62B400n JD62T400 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC abe 200 HJD63B200 JD63T HJD63B225 JD63T HJD63B250 HJD63F400 JD63T HJD63B300 JD63T HJD63B350 JD63T HJD63B400 JD63T400 Type HHJD6, HHJXD6 bdf Black Label 2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width) 200 HHJD62B200n JD62T200n 225 HHJD62B225n JD62T225n 250 HHJD62B250n HHJD62F400n JD62T250n 300 HHJD62B300n JD62T300n 350 HHJD62B350n JD62T350n 400 HHJD62B400n JD62T400 3-Pole 600VAC 200 HHJD63B200 JD63T HHJD63B225 JD63T HHJD63B250 HHJD63F400 JD63T HHJD63B300 JD63T HHJD63B350 JD63T HHJD63B400 JD63T400 Type CJD6-A ef Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C Pole 600V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC CJD63B200n 225 CJD63B225n 250 For 2-pole application CJD63B250n use outside poles of pole circuit breaker CJD63B300n 350 CJD63B350n 400 CJD63B400 D W D Figure Figure 2 Dimensions (in inches) To Breaker Handle Type W L D D Figure JXD2-A, JXD6-A, JD6-A HJD6-A, HJXD6-A, HHJD6, HJD6, HJXD6, HHJXD6, JXD6-ETI, c SJD6, SHJD6 Figure 2 CJD6, CJD6-ETI, c SCJD Enclosures (Except SCJD6) Type J6N 3R J6N3R 2 J6N2 4X LD6SS4, 9 ( A) EC4, 9 ( A) EE Neutral W60992 Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) JXD2, JXD6, JD6, HJD6, HHJD6 Assembled Breaker (less terminals) JD6, HJD6, HHJD6 Frame Only JD6 Trip Unit Only CJD6 Complete Assembled Breaker (less terminals) D For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. 2-pole units available in 3-pole construction. a When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. b For non-interchangeable 3-pole HJD6 or HHJD6 type circuit breaker change the prefix identifier to HJXD6 or HHJXD6. Price equals price of frame plus price of trip, e.g. price of HJXD63B400 equals price of HJD63F400 plus price of JD63T400. Order lugs separately. c JXD6-ETI, CJD6-ETI see page -4 for ordering information. d Type HJXD6, HHJXD6 Circuit Breakers are UL listed for reverse fed applications. e CE applies to non-interchangeable type HJXD6-A only. f HACR rated. -52 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

53 SJD 400A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Selection Type SJD6-A Blue Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Catalog Number Current Rating SJD69200n 200 SJD69300n 300 SJD69400n 400 SJD69200Gn 200 SJD69300Gn 300 SJD69400Gn 400 SJD69200NTn 200 SJD69300NTn 300 SJD69400NTn 400 SJD69200NGTn 200 SJD69300NGTn 300 SJD69400NGTn 400 SJD 400A Frame 00% Rated b Type SJD6-A Type SHJD6-A Blue Label Black Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Catalog Number Current Rating SJD69200Hn 200 SJD69300Hn 300 SJD69400Hn 400 SJD69200GHn 200 SJD69300GHn 300 SJD69400GHn 400 SJD69200NTHn 200 SJD69300NTHn 300 SJD69400NTHn 400 SJD69200NGTHn 200 SJD69300NGTHn 300 SJD69400NGTHn 400 Trip Unit Adjustable Functions Short Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l 2 t Fault Fault Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay None LI u u u G LIG u u u u u NT LSI u u u u u u NGT LSIG u u u u u u u u Interrupting Ratings Type SHJD6-A Black Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Catalog Number Current Rating SHJD69200n 200 SHJD69300n 300 SHJD69400n 400 SHJD69200Gn 200 SHJD69300Gn 300 SHJD69400Gn 400 SHJD69200NTn 200 SHJD69300NTn 300 SHJD69400NTn 400 SHJD69200NGTn 200 SHJD69300NGTn 300 SHJD69400NGTn Pole, 600V AC Max Catalog Number Current Rating SHJD69200Hn 200 SHJD69300Hn 300 SHJD69400Hn 400 SHJD69200GHn 200 SHJD69300GHn 300 SHJD69400GHn 400 SHJD69200NTHn 200 SHJD69300NTHn 300 SHJD69400NTHn 400 SHJD69200NGTHn 200 SHJD69300NGTHn 300 SHJD69400NGTHn 400 Current Limiting Type SCJD6-A Red Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Catalog Number Current Rating SCJD69200n 200 SCJD69300n 300 SCJD69400n 400 SCJD69200Gn 200 SCJD69300Gn 300 SCJD69400Gn 400 SCJD69200NTn 200 SCJD69300NTn 300 SCJD69400NTn 400 SCJD69200NGTn 200 SCJD69300NGTn 300 SCJD69400NGTn 400 Breaker RMS Symmetrical ka UL 489 (File E0848) Type 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC SJD6-A SHJD6-A SCJD6-A Ordering Information Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series SJD frames is for complete breaker only price required lugs as separate items lugs are suitable for 5 C wire. SJD6 and SCJD6 are acceptable for reverse connection application. SHJD6 are not acceptable for reverse connection application. Shipping Weights Breaker Number per Shipping Type Carton Weight (lbs) SJD6-A 20 SHJD6-A 20 SCJD6-A 33 Lugs for 5 C Wire a No of Cables Catalog per Con- Wire Number nector Range TA2J #3/0-500 kcmil Cu #4/0-500 kcmil Al TAL kcmil Al kcmil Cu TCJ6600 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu TC2J #3/0-500 kcmil Cu TA2J630 2 #4 #3/0-Cu/Al Compression Lug CCL600 ( pc.) #/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al Neutral Transformers Ampere Rating 200 N02SJD 300 N03SJD 400 N04SJD Note: G suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire systems. For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a For additional information, see Note: A, page -88. b Refer to the NEC for proper application of 00% rated devices. Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -54 and -95 to -00 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -53

54 Internal Accessories Selection Accessories for: JD 400A Frame LD 600A Frame LMD 800A Frame SJD 400A Frame SLD 600A Frame Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage Shunt Trip Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch AC DC 024 SJLD6 048 S8JLD6s 20 S0JLD6 S0JLD62A 240 S03JLD6 S03JLD62A 2 S5JLD6s S5JLD64As 480 S04JLD6 02 S6JLD6s S6JLD62As 024 S0JLD6 S0JLD62A 048 S09JLD6s S09JLD62A 25 SJLD6 SJLD62As 250 S3JLD6s S3JLD62As Undervoltage Trip Combinations Control Voltage Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip and Auxiliary Switch Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches S0JLD6 Sensitrip Ammeter AC DC 20 U0JLD6 U0JLD62A U0JLD62AA 208 U02JLD6s U02JLD62As U02JLD62AAs 240 U03JLD6 U03JLD62As U03JLD62AAs 480 U06JLD6 U06JLD64As U06JLD64AAs 024 U3JLD6 U3JLD62A U3JLD62AA 048 U4JLD6s U4JLD62As U4JLD62AAs 25 U0JLD6s U0JLD62As U0JLD62AAs 250 U2JLD6s U2JLD62As U2JLD62AAs The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phase current flowing in the breaker. They are powered by the breaker s CT s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK8 remote mounting kit. Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Form C 2 Form C AC DC A0JLD64 A02JLD64 2 A0JLDLV A02JLDLV Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Alarm Switch Alarm Switch and Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC CatalogNumber B0JLD64 A0JLD64B A02JLD64B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Description Display Unit SADU SJD, SLD Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK8 Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit breakers. No accessories can be added if mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6, SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers. s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. -54 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

55 LD 600A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type LXD6-A ad Blue Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) 2-Pole (3-Pole Width) 3-Pole Continuous Current Rating 600V AC 250V DC 600V AC 500V 40 C 450 LXD62B450n LXD63B LXD62B500n LXD63B LXD62B600 LXD63B600 Type LD6-A d Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current 40 C Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 AIR (File E0848) IEC 94-2 Breaker Volts AC (50/60Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60Hz) Type c 220/ / (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) LD6-A, LXD6-A (2-P) 25 (3-P) HLD6-A, HLXD6-A (2-P) 35 (3-P) HHLD6, HHLXD CLD6-A (3-P) Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Nominal Instantaneous Values +20% +20% Breaker Ampere Tolerance Tolerance Rating Low High n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a Type LXD6A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse fed applications. b When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. c See Note: A, page -88. d HACR rated. Note: LD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB NAVAL. See page -9 for additional information. Blue Label Complete Breaker Unassembled w/lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 250 LD62B250n JD62T250n 300 LD62B300n JD62T300n 350 LD62B350n JD62T350n 400 LD62B400 LD62F600 JD62T LD62B450n LD62T450n 500 LD62B500n LD62T500n 600 LD62B600 LD62T600 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC b 250 LD63B250 JD63T LD63B300 JD63T LD63B350 JD63T LD63B400 LD63F600 JD63T LD63B450 LD63T LD63B500 LD63T LD63B600 LD63T600 Modifications page -9 Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -58 and -95 to -00 Ordering Information Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of LD6, HLD6, and HHLD6 breakers include frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (TA2J6500). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of LXD6, HLXD6, HHLXD6, and CLD6 include frame with noninterchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA2J6500) installed, add suffix L to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 00% Rated (3-pole only) Types LXD6 and HLXD6 breakers are available with 00% ratings. To order add suffix H to catalog number, and 0% to list price. 00% rated LD breakers require the use of 90 C Cu cable sized at 5 C ampacity and lugs TCJ6600 or TC2J C Applications see page Hz Applications see page -9. Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) LXD6, LD6, HLD6, HHLD6 Assembled Breaker (less terminals) LD6, HLD6, HHLD6 Frame Only LD6, HHLD6 Trip Unit Only CLD6 Complete Assembled Breaker (less terminals) Lugs For 5 C Wire c Cables Catalog per Wire Number Lug Range TA2J6500, 2 #3/0 500 kcmil Cu 2 #4/0 500 kcmil Al TC2J #3/0-500 kcmil Cu TAL kcmil Al kcmil Cu TCJ6600 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu Compression Lug CCL kcmil Cu/Al Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -55

56 LD 600A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions Type HLD6-A, HLXD6-A bcf Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current 40 C Black Label Complete Breaker Unassembled w/lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 250 HLD62B250n JD62T250n 300 HLD62B300n JD62T300n 350 HLD62B350n JD62T350n 400 HLD62B400n HLD62F600n JD62T HLD62B450n LD62T450n 500 HLD62B500n LD62T500n 600 HLD62B600n LD62T600 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC ae 250 HLD63B250 JD63T HLD63B300 JD63T HLD63B350 JD63T HLD63B400 HLD63F600 JD63T HLD63B450 LD63T HLD63B500 LD63T HLD63B600 LD63T600 Type HHLD6, HHLXD6 bcf Black Label 2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width) 250 HHLD62B250n JD62T250n 300 HHLD62B300n JD62T300n 350 HHLD62B350n JD62T350n 400 HHLD62B400n HHLD62F600n JD62T HHLD62B450n HHLD62T450n 500 HHLD62B500n HHLD62T500n 600 HHLD62B600n HHLD62T600n 3-Pole 600V AC 250 HHLD63B250 JD63T HHLD63B300 JD63T HHLD63B350 JD63T HHLD63B400 HHLD63F600 JD63T HHLD63B450n HHLD63T450n 500 HHLD63B500n HHLD63T500n 600 HHLD63B600n HHLD63T600n Type CLD6-A cf Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C 2-Pole 600V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC CLD63B450n 450 For 2-pole application 500 use outside poles of CLD63B pole circuit breaker CLD63B600 D D Figure Figure 2 Dimensions (in inches) L To Handle Breaker Type W L D D Figure LXD6-A, LD6-A HLD6-A HHLD6, HHLXD6, LXD6 ETI, d SLD6, SHLD6 Figure 2 CLD6, CLD6-ETI, d SCLD6 D Enclosures: (except SCLD6) Type LD6N 3R LD6N3R 2 LD6N2 4X LD6SS4,9 ED6 Neutral W60993 L For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. b For complete assembled 3-pole HLD6 or HHLD6 type circuit breaker change the prefix identifier HLD6 or HHLD6 to HLXD6 or HHLXD6. Price is sum of frame and trip units prices, e.g. price of HLXD63B400 is the price of HLD63F600 plus the price of LD63T600. Order the terminal connectors separately. c Type HLXD6, HHLXD6, & CLD6 Circuit Breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. d LXD6-ETI, CLD6-ETI see page -4 for ordering information. e CE Applies to non-interchangeable type HLXD only. f HACR rated. -56 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

57 SLD 600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Type SLD6-A Blue Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Catalog Number Current Rating SLD69300n 300 SLD69400n 400 SLD69500n 500 SLD69600n 600 SLD69300Gn 300 SLD69400Gn 400 SLD69500Gn 500 SLD69600Gn 600 SLD69300NTn 300 SLD69400NTn 400 SLD69500NTn 500 SLD69600NTn 600 SLD69300NGTn 300 SLD69400NGTn 400 SLD69500NGTn 500 SLD69600NGTn 600 Type SHLD6-A Black Label Trip Unit Adjustable Functions 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Catalog Number Current Rating SHLD69300n 300 SHLD69400n 400 SHLD69500n 500 SHLD69600n 600 SHLD69300Gn 300 SHLD69400Gn 400 SHLD69500Gn 500 SHLD69600Gn 600 SHLD69300NTn 300 SHLD69400NTn 400 SHLD69500NTn 500 SHLD69600NTn 600 SHLD69300NGTn 300 SHLD69400NGTn 400 SHLD69500NGTn 500 SHLD69600NGTn 600 Current Limiting Type SCLD6-A Red Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Catalog Number Current Rating SCLD69300n 300 SCLD69400n 400 SCLD69500n 500 SCLD69600n 600 SCLD69300Gn 300 SCLD69400Gn 400 SCLD69500Gn 500 SCLD69600Gn 600 SCLD69300NTn 300 SCLD69400NTn 400 SCLD69500NTn 500 SCLD69600NTn 600 SCLD69300NGTn 300 SCLD69400NGTn 400 SCLD69500NGTn 500 SCLD69600NGTn 600 Short Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l 2 t Fault Fault Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay None LI u u u G LIG u u u u u NT LSI u u u u u u NGT LSIG u u u u u u u u Shipping Weights Selection Ordering Information Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series SLD frames is for complete breaker only price required lugs as separate items lugs are suitable for 5 C wire. SLD6 and SCLD6 are suitable for reverse connection application. SHLD6 are not suitable for reverse connection application. Breaker Number per Shipping Type Carton Weight (lbs) SLD6-A 20 SHLD6-A 20 SCLD6-A 33 Neutral Transformers Ampere Rating 300 N03SJD 400 N04SJD 500 N05SLD 600 N06SLD Interrupting Ratings Breaker RMS Symmetrical ka UL 489 (File E0848) Type 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC SLD6-A SHLD6-A SCLD6-A Note: G suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits. For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. For ordering information and terminal connectors see page -55; for enclosures, see page % Rated Not available in SLD6 Frame. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -5

58 Internal Accessories Selection Accessories for: JD 400A Frame LD 600A Frame LMD 800A Frame SJD 400A Frame SLD 600A Frame Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage Shunt Trip Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch AC DC 024 SJLD6 048 S8JLD6s 20 S0JLD6 S0JLD62A 240 S03JLD6 S03JLD62A 2 S5JLD6s S5JLD64As 480 S04JLD6 02 S6JLD6s S6JLD62As 024 S0JLD6 S0JLD62A 048 S09JLD6s S09JLD62A 25 SJLD6 SJLD62As 250 S3JLD6s S3JLD62As Undervoltage Trip Combinations Control Voltage Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip and Auxiliary Switch Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches S0JLD6 Sensitrip Ammeter AC DC 20 U0JLD6 U0JLD62A U0JLD62AA 208 U02JLD6s U02JLD62As U02JLD62AAs 240 U03JLD6 U03JLD62As U03JLD62AAs 480 U06JLD6 U06JLD64As U06JLD64AAs 024 U3JLD6 U3JLD62A U3JLD62AA 048 U4JLD6s U4JLD62As U4JLD62AAs 25 U0JLD6s U0JLD62As U0JLD62AAs 250 U2JLD6s U2JLD62As U2JLD62AAs The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phase current flowing in the breaker. They are powered by the breaker s CT s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK8 remote mounting kit. Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Form C 2 Form C AC DC A0JLD64 A02JLD64 2 A0JLDLV A02JLDLV Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Alarm Switch Alarm Switch and Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC CatalogNumber B0JLD64 A0JLD64B A02JLD64B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Description Display Unit SADU SJD, SLD Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK8 Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit breakers. No accessories can be added if mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6, SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers. s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. -58 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

59 LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type LMXD6 ad Blue Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C Type LMD6 d Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current 40 C 2-Pole (3-Pole Width) 3-Pole 500 LMXD63B500n 600 LMXD62B600n LMXD63B LMXD62B00n LMXD63B LMXD62B800 LMXD63B800 Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Blue Label Complete Breaker Unassembled w/lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 500 LMD62B500n LMD62T500n 600 LMD62B600n LMD62F800n LMD62T600n 00 LMD62B00n LMD62T00n 800 LMD62B800n LMD62T800n 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC b 500 LMD63B500n LMD63T500n 600 LMD63B600n LMD63F800 LMD63T600n 00 LMD63B00n LMD63T00n 800 LMD63B800 LMD63T800 Nominal Instantaneous Values Ampere Rating Low +/- 20% High +/- 20% Tolerance Tolerance Ordering Information Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of LMD6 and HLMD6 breakers include frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (TA3K500). These catalog numbers include the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of LMXD6 and HLMXD6 include frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA3K500) installed, add suffix L to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 50 C Applications see page Hz Applications see page -9. Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) LMD6, HLMD6, LMXD6, HLMXD6 Complete Breaker (less terminals) LMD6, HLMD6 Frame Only LMD6, HLMD6 Trip Unit Only Lugs c for 5 C Wire Cables Catalog per Wire Number Lug Range TA2K500, 2 #-500 kcmil Cu/Al TA3K500-3 #/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al TA2N50, kcmil Cu/Al n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a LMXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connected applications. b When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS systems only. c See Note: A, page -88. d HACR rated. Modifications page -9 Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -6 and -95 to -00 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -59

60 LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions Type HLMXD6 ad Black Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C Pole 600V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC HLMXD63B500n 600 For 2-pole application HLMXD63B600n use outside poles of 00 3-pole circuit breaker HLMXD63B00n 800 HLMXD63B800 Type HLMD6 d Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current 40 C Black Label Complete Breaker Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 500 HLMD62B500n LMD62T500n 600 HLMD62B600n LMD62T600n HLMD62F800n 00 HLMD62B00n LMD62T00n 800 HLMD62B800n LMD62T800n 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c 500 HLMD63B500 LMD63T500n 600 HLMD63B600 LMD63T600n HLMD63F HLMD63B00 LMD63T00n 800 HLMD63B800 LMD63T800 Interrupting Ratings UL 489A IR RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Breaker Volts AC Volts DC Type LMD6, LMXD (2-P) 25 (3-P) HLMD6, HLMXD (2-P) 50 (3-P) Dimensions (in inches) Breaker Type W L D D LMD6, LMXD6, HLMD6, HLMXD6 LMXD6-ETI b Enclosures Type LMD 3R LMD3R 2 LMD2n Neutral W63623 For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a HLMXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications. b LMXD6-ETI, see page -4 for catalog information. c When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS systems only. d HACR rated. -60 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

61 Internal Accessories Selection Accessories for: JD 400A Frame LD 600A Frame LMD 800A Frame SJD 400A Frame SLD 600A Frame Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage Shunt Trip Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch AC DC 024 SJLD6 048 S8JLD6s 20 S0JLD6 S0JLD62A 240 S03JLD6 S03JLD62A 2 S5JLD6s S5JLD64As 480 S04JLD6 02 S6JLD6s S6JLD62As 024 S0JLD6 S0JLD62A 048 S09JLD6s S09JLD62A 25 SJLD6 SJLD62As 250 S3JLD6s S3JLD62As Undervoltage Trip Combinations Control Voltage Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip and Auxiliary Switch Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches S0JLD6 Sensitrip Ammeter AC DC 20 U0JLD6 U0JLD62A U0JLD62AA 208 U02JLD6s U02JLD62As U02JLD62AAs 240 U03JLD6 U03JLD62As U03JLD62AAs 480 U06JLD6 U06JLD64As U06JLD64AAs 024 U3JLD6 U3JLD62A U3JLD62AA 048 U4JLD6s U4JLD62As U4JLD62AAs 25 U0JLD6s U0JLD62As U0JLD62AAs 250 U2JLD6s U2JLD62As U2JLD62AAs The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phase current flowing in the breaker. They are powered by the breaker s CT s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK8 remote mounting kit. Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Form C 2 Form C AC DC A0JLD64 A02JLD64 2 A0JLDLV A02JLDLV Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Alarm Switch Alarm Switch and Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC CatalogNumber B0JLD64 A0JLD64B A02JLD64B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Description Display Unit SADU SJD, SLD Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK8 Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit breakers. No accessories can be added if mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6, SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers. s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -6

62 MD 800A Frame Sentron Series Revised on 02/06/8 Selection Type MXD6 af Blue Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating 2-Pole b 40 C 600 MXD62B600n MXD63B MXD62B00n MXD63B MXD62B800n MXD63B800 Type MD6 f Lugs d Catalog Cables Lugs Wire Number Per Lug Per Kit Range TA2K500-2 #-500 kcmil Cu/Al TA3K500-3 /0-500 kcmil Cu/Al TC2K500-2 #-500 kcmil Cu TC3K350-3 #-350 kcmil Cu Kits 2TA2N TA2N kcmil Cu/Al 2TA3N TA3N kcmil Cu/Al 2TA4N TA4N kcmil Cu/Al 2TA4P TA4P kcmil Cu/Al Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Blue Label Interchangeable Trip Continuous Complete Breaker Current Rating Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit 40 C 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b 500 MD62B500n MD62T500n 600 MD62B600n MD62T600n MD62F800n 00 MD62B00n MD62T00n 800 MD62B800n MD62T800n 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c 500 MD63B500 MD63T MD63B600 MD63T600 MD63F MD63B00 MD63T MD63B800 MD63T800 Ampere Nominal Instantaneous Values Rating Low +/- 20% High +/- 20% Tolerance Tolerance Ordering Information Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Pricing information for MD6 and HMD6 breakers includes frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (TA3K500). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of MXD6, HMXD6 and CMD6 include frame with non-interchangeable trip units installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA3K500) installed, add suffix L to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 00% Rated e 3-Pole Only Types MXD6, HMXD6 and CMD6 breakers are available with 00% ratings. To order add suffix H to catalog number, and 0% to list price. 00% rated MD breakers require the use of 90 C Cu cable sized at 5 C ampacity and lugs 3TA4P8500 or 3TA2N C Applications see page Hz Applications see page -9. Shipping Weights Number of Poles Enclosures Number per Carton Shipping Weight (lbs.) MD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6 Complete Breaker Assembled (less lugs) MD6, HMD6 Frame Only MD6, HMD6 Trip Unit Only SMD6 Breaker n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a MXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications. b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. c When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems. d See Note: A, page -88. e 80% rated breakers with the CE mark will also be marked in the 00% rated version. f HACR rated. Note: MD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B NAVAL. See page -9 for additional information. Type MND6 3R MND63 2 MND62n Neutral W63623 Modifications page -9 Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -65 and -95 to Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

63 MD 800A Frame Sentron Series Revised on 02/06/8 Selection/Dimensions Type HMXD6 ae Black Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C 2-Pole 600V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC HMXD63B600n 600 For 2-pole application 00 use outside poles of HMXD63B00n 3-pole circuit breaker 800 HMXD63B800 Type HMD6 e Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current 40 C Black Label Complete Breaker Unassembled w/lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b 500 HMD62B500n MD62T500n 600 HMD62B600n HMD62F800n MD62T600n 00 HMD62B00n MD62T00n 800 HMD62B800n MD62T800n 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC d 500 HMD63B500 MD63T HMD63B600 HMD63F800 MD63T HMD63B00 MD63T HMD63B800 MD63T800 Type CMD6 ae Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C 2-Pole 600V AC/250V DC Interrupting Ratings 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC CMD63B600n 600 For 2-pole application 00 use outside poles of CMD63B00n 3-pole circuit breaker 800 CMD63B800 UL 489 AIR File E0848 IEC 94-2 AIR RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Volts AC (50/60HZ) Breaker Volts AC Volts DC 220/ / Type d (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs MD6, MXD (2-P) 25 (3-P) HMD6, HMXD (2-P) 50 (3-P) CMD (3-P) Lug When wire lug shield NDTS is used. Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs are used. The kits include the NDTS shield. Dimensions (in inches) (To Breaker Handle) Type W L D D MD6, MXD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6, MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI, SMD6-B, SHMD6-B, and SCMD6-B with lug shields For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a HMXD6 and CMD circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse connection applications. b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. c MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI see page -4 for catalog information. d When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. e HACR rated. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -63

64 SMD 800A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip IV Series Revised on 02/06/8 Selection Current Limiting Type SMD6 Type SHMD6-B Type SCMD6-B Blue Label Black Label Red Label Max 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC Current Rating (Advanced trip unit) c (Basic trip unit) (Advanced trip unit) c (Basic trip unit) (Advanced trip unit) c (Basic trip unit) 600 SMD6A600LI SMD6B600LI SHMD6A600LI SHMD6B600LI SCMD6A600LI SCMD6B600LI 00 SMD6A00LI SMD6B00LI SHMD6A00LI SHMD6B00LI SCMD6A00LI SCMD6B00LI 800 SMD6A800LI SMD6B800LI SHMD6A800LI SHMD6B800LI SCMD6A800LI SCMD6B800LI 600 SMD6A600LIG SMD6B600LIG SHMD6A600LIG SHMD6B600LIG SCMD6A600LIG SCMD6B600LIG 00 SMD6A00LIG SMD6B00LIG SHMD6A00LIG SHMD6B00LIG SCMD6A00LIG SCMD6B00LIG 800 SMD6A800LIG SMD6B800LIG SHMD6A800LIG SHMD6B800LIG SCMD6A800LIG SCMD6B800LIG 600 SMD6A600LSI SMD6B600LSI SHMD6A600LSI SHMD6B600LSI SCMD6A600LSI SCMD6B600LSI 00 SMD6A00LSI SMD6B00LSI SHMD6A00LSI SHMD6B00LSI SCMD6A00LSI SCMD6B00LSI 800 SMD6A800LSI SMD6B800LSI SHMD6A800LSI SHMD6B800LSI SCMD6A800LSI SCMD6B800LSI 600 SMD6A600LSIG SMD6B600LSIG SHMD6A600LSIG SHMD6B600LSIG SCMD6A600LSIG SCMD6B600LSIG 00 SMD6A00LSIG SMD6B00LSIG SHMD6A00LSIG SHMD6B00LSIG SCMD6A00LSIG SCMD6B00LSIG 800 SMD6A800LSIG SMD6B800LSIG SHMD6A800LSIG SHMD6B800LSIG SCMD6A800LSIG SCMD6B800LSIG SMD 800A Frame 00% Rated a Blue Label Black Label Red Label Current Limiting Max 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC Current Rating (Advanced trip unit) c (Basic trip unit) (Advanced trip unit) c (Basic trip unit) (Advanced trip unit) c (Basic trip unit) 600 SMD6A600LIH SMD6B600LIH SHMD6A600LIH SHMD6B600LIH SCMD6A600LIH SCMD6B600LIH 00 SMD6A00LIH SMD6B00LIH SHMD6A00LIH SHMD6B00LIH SCMD6A00LIH SCMD6B00LIH 800 SMD6A800LIH SMD6B800LIH SHMD6A800LIH SHMD6B800LIH SCMD6A800LIH SCMD6B800LIH 600 SMD6A600LIGH SMD6B600LIGH SHMD6A600LIGH SHMD6B600LIGH SCMD6A600LIGH SCMD6B600LIGH 00 SMD6A00LIGH SMD6B00LIGH SHMD6A00LIGH SHMD6B00LIGH SCMD6A00LIGH SCMD6B00LIGH 800 SMD6A800LIGH SMD6B800LIGH SHMD6A800LIGH SHMD6B800LIGH SCMD6A800LIGH SCMD6B800LIGH 600 SMD6A600LSIH SMD6B600LSIH SHMD6A600LSIH SHMD6B600LSIH SCMD6A600LSIH SCMD6B600LSIH 00 SMD6A00LSIH SMD6B00LSIH SHMD6A00LSIH SHMD6B00LSIH SCMD6A00LSIH SCMD6B00LSIH 800 SMD6A800LSIH SMD6B800LSIH SHMD6A800LSIH SHMD6B800LSIH SCMD6A800LSIH SCMD6B800LSIH 600 SMD6A600LSIGH SMD6B600LSIGH SHMD6A600LSIGH SHMD6B600LSIGH SCMD6A600LSIGH SCMD6B600LSIGH 00 SMD6A00LSIGH SMD6B00LSIGH SHMD6A00LSIGH SHMD6B00LSIGH SCMD6A00LSIGH SCMD6B00LSIGH 800 SMD6A800LSIGH SMD6B800LSIGH SHMD6A800LSIGH SHMD6B800LSIGH SCMD6A800LSIGH SCMD6B800LSIGH Ordering Information Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series MD frames is for complete breaker only. Price requires lugs or lug kits as separate items. Lugs are suitable for 5 C wire or as noted. Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table of UL 489 standards. Choose actual connector for circuit breakers based on customer requirements. Recommended Terminal Connectors Breaker Frame Ampere Rating Connector or Connector Kit MD TA2K500 MD TA3K500 Types SMD6-B, SHMD6-B and SCMD6-B are acceptable for reverse connection applications Trip Unit Adjustable Functions Suffix Letter Code Trip Type Cont Current Setting Long Time Delay Instantaneous Setting Short Time Pick Up Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pick Up LI LI u u u LIG LIG u u u u u LSI LSI u u u u u LSIG LSIG u u u u u u u Ground Fault Delay Lugs for 5 C Wire b Catalog Number Interrupting Ratings Breaker Type Cables per Lug RMS Symmetrical ka UL 489 (File E0848) 240V AC 480V AC Wire Range TA2K500 2 #-500 kcmil Cu/Al TA3K500 3 #-500 kcmil Cu/Al TC2K500 2 #-500 kcmil Cu TC3K350 3 #-350 kcmil Cu Kits (3 lugs/kit) 3TA4N kcmil Cu/Al 3TA4P kcmil Cu/Al 3TA2N kcmil Cu/Al 3TA3N kcmil Cu/Al 600V AC SMD6-B SHMD6-B SCMD6-B Each kit contains the following: 3TA4P connectors plus NDTS end barrier 3TA3N850-3 connectors plus NDTS end barrier 3TA2N850-3 connectors plus NDTS end barrier Neutral Transformers Ampere Rating 600 N06SMDA 00 N0SMDA 800 N08SMDA Note: G suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits. For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. All breakers built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery. a Use 2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for 90 C wire. 90 C Cu only cable must be used, and sized per 5 C ampacity. b For additional information, see Note: A, page -88. c Advanced trip unit equipped DAS / Maintenance Mode. Requires customer-supplied 24V external power supply, maintenance switch and light. Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -65 and -95 to Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

65 Internal Accessories Selection Accessories for: MD/SMD 800A Frame ND/SND 200A Frame PD/SPD 600A Frame RD 2000A Frame Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage Shunt Trip Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch AC DC 20 S0MN6 S0MN64A 208 S02MN6s 240 S03MN6 S03MN64As 2 S5MN6s S5MN64As 480 S04MN6s S04MN64As 600 S06MN6s 02 S6MN6s S6MN64As 024 S0MN6 S0MN64A 048 S09MN6s 25 SMN6 SMN64As 250 S3MN6s S3MN64As Undervoltage Trip Combinations Control Voltage Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip and Auxiliary Switch Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches S0MN6 Accessory modules can mount in either left hand or right hand poles of all circuit breakers, including solid state. Exception: when mechanical interlock is used. Accessories cannot be mounted in left pole. Sensitrip Ammeter AC DC 20 U0MN6 U0MN64A U0MN64AA 208 U02MN6s U02MN64As U02MN64AAs 240 U03MN6s U03MN64As U03MN64AAs 2 U5MN6s U5MN64As U5MN64AAs 480 U04MN6s U04MN64As U04MN64AAs 600 U06MN6s 024 U0MN6 U0MN64A U0MN64AA 048 U09MN6s U09MN64As U09MN64AAs 25 UMN6s UMN64As UMN64AAs 250 U3MN6s U3MN64As U3MN64AAs The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phase current flowing in the breaker. They are powered by the breaker s CT s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Form C 2 Form C AC DC A0MN64 A02MN64 2 A0MNDLVs A02MNDLVs Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Alarm Switch Alarm Switch and Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC B00MN64 A0MN64B A02MN64B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Description Display Unit SADU SMD, SND, SPD Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK8 Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK8 remote mounting kit. s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -65

66 ND 200A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type NXD6 ah Blue Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C 2-Pole 600V AC/250V DC Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC 0900 NXD62B900n NXD63B NXD62B00n NXD63B NXD62B20n NXD63B20 Type ND6 h Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current 40 C UL 489 A IR IEC 94-2 Breaker Volts AC Volts DC Volts AC (50/60HZ) Type c 220/ / (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) ND6, NXD (2-P) 25 (3-P) HND6, HNXD (2-P) 50 (3-P) CND (3-P) Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Blue Label Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b 0800 ND62B800n MD62T800n 0900 ND62B900n ND62T900n ND62F ND62B00n ND62T00n 200 ND62B20 ND62T20 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c 0800 ND63B800 MD63T ND63B900 ND63T900 ND63F ND63B00 ND63T ND63B20 ND63T20 Nominal Instantaneous Values +20% +20% Breaker Ampere Tolerance Tolerance Rating Low High Ordering Information Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of ND6 and HND6 breakers include frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (3TA4N8500). These catalog numbers are the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of NXD6, HNXD6, and CND6 include frame with non-interchangeable trip units installed only. Order required terminal connectors separately. For line and load lugs (3TA4N8500) installed, add suffix L to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lug kit). 00% Rated (3-Pole only) g Types NXD6, HNXD6 and CND6 breakers are available with 00% ratings. To order, add suffix H to catalog number, and add 0% to list price. 00% rated ND breakers require 90 C Cu cable sized at 5 C ampacity and lug kit 3TA4P8500 or 3TA3N C Applications see page Hz Applications see page -9. Lugs f Catalog Cables Wire Number per Lug Range TA2K500 2 #-500 kcmil Cu/Al TA3K500 3 #-500 kcmil Cu/Al TC2K500 2 #-500 kcmil Cu TC3K350 3 #-350 kcmil Cu Kits (2 Kits required per breaker) 2TA4P8500 d 3TA4P8500 d kcmil Cu/Al 2TA4N8500 e 3TA4N8500 e kcmil Cu/Al 2TA2N850 3TA2N kcmil Cu/Al 2TA3N850 3TA3N kcmil Cu/Al Enclosures Type MND6 3R MND63 2 MND62n Neutral W63623 n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a NXD6 circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse connection applications. b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. c When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS systems only. d Use 2 3TA4P8500 kits for 3-pole, or 2 2TA4P8500 kits for 2-pole. Rated for 90 C cable. Use for 00% rated breakers. e Use 2 3TA4N8500 for 3-pole or 2 2TA4N8500 for 2-pole. Rated for 5 C cable. f See Note: A, page -88. g 80% rated breakers with the CE mark will also be marked in the 00% rated version. h HACR rated. Note: ND frame qualified to UL489 supplement B NAVAL. See page -9 for additional information. Modifications page -9 Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -69 and -95 to Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

67 ND 200A Frame Sentron Series Revised on 02/06/8 Selection/Dimensions Type HNXD6 ad Black Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C 2-Pole 600V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC HNXD63B For 2-pole application 000 use outside poles of HNXD63B pole circuit breaker HNXD63B20 Type HND6 d Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current 40 C Black Label Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c 0800 HND63B800 MD63T HND63B900 ND63T900 HND63F HND63B00 ND63T HND63B20 ND63T20 NXD63B20 Type CND6 ad Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker) Continuous Current Rating 2-Pole 40 C 0900 For 2-pole application, CND63B900n 000 use outside poles of CND63B00 3-pole circuit breaker 200 CND63B20 Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) ND6, HND6, NXD6, HNXD6, CND6 Assembled Breaker (less terminals) ND6, HND6 Frame Only ND6, HND6 Trip Unit Only Lugs When lugs shield NDTS is used. Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs TA4P8500 or TA4N8500 are used. The kits include the NDTS shield. Dimensions (in inches) Breaker Type W L D D ND6, NXD6, HND6, HNXD6, CND6, SND6-B, SHND6-B, and SCND6-B with NDTS lug shield For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a HNXD6 and CND6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications. b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. c When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. d HACR rated. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -6

68 SND 200A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip IV Series b Revised on 02/06/8 Selection Current Limiting Type SND6-B Type SHND6-B Type SCND6-B Blue Label Black Label Red Label Max 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC Current Rating (Advanced trip unit) c (Basic trip unit) (Advanced trip unit) c (Basic trip unit) (Advanced trip unit) c (Basic trip unit) 800 SND6A800LI SND6B800LI SHND6A800LI SHND6B800LI SCND6A800LI SCND6B800LI 000 SND6A00LI SND6B00LI SHND6A00LI SHND6B00LI SCND6A00LI SCND6B00LI 200 SND6A20LI SND6B20LI SHND6A20LI SHND6B20LI SCND6A20LI SCND6B20LI 800 SND6A800LIG SND6B800LIG SHND6A800LIG SHND6B800LIG SCND6A800LIG SCND6B800LIG 000 SND6A00LIG SND6B00LIG SHND6A00LIG SHND6B00LIG SCND6A00LIG SCND6B00LIG 200 SND6A20LIG SND6B20LIG SHND6A20LIG SHND6B20LIG SCND6A20LIG SCND6B20LIG 800 SND6A800LSI SND6B800LSI SHND6A800LSI SHND6B800LSI SCND6A800LSI SCND6B800LSI 000 SND6A00LSI SND6B00LSI SHND6A00LSI SHND6B00LSI SCND6A00LSI SCND6B00LSI 200 SND6A20LSI SND6B20LSI SHND6A20LSI SHND6B20LSI SCND6A20LSI SCND6B20LSI 800 SND6A800LSIG SND6B800LSIG SHND6A800LSIG SHND6B800LSIG SCND6A800LSIG SCND6B800LSIG 000 SND6A00LSIG SND6B00LSIG SHND6A00LSIG SHND6B00LSIG SCND6A00LSIG SCND6B00LSIG 200 SND6A20LSIG SND6B20LSIG SHND6A20LSIG SHND6B20LSIG SCND6A20LSIG SCND6B20LSIG SND 200A Frame 00% Rated a Current Limiting Type SND6-B Type SHND6-B Type SCND6-B Blue Label Black Label Red Label Max 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC Current Rating (Advanced trip unit) c (Basic trip unit) (Advanced trip unit) c (Basic trip unit) (Advanced trip unit) c (Basic trip unit) 800 SND6A800LIH SND6B800LIH SHND6A800LIH SHND6B800LIH SCND6A800LIH SCND6B800LIH 000 SND6A00LIH SND6B00LIH SHND6A00LIH SHND6B00LIH SCND6A00LIH SCND6B00LIH 200 SND6A20LIH SND6B20LIH SHND6A20LIH SHND6B20LIH SCND6A20LIH SCND6B20LIH 800 SND6A800LIGH SND6B800LIGH SHND6A800LIGH SHND6B800LIGH SCND6A800LIGH SCND6B800LIGH 000 SND6A00LIGH SND6B00LIGH SHND6A00LIGH SHND6B00LIGH SCND6A00LIGH SCND6B00LIGH 200 SND6A20LIGH SND6B20LIGH SHND6A20LIGH SHND6B20LIGH SCND6A20LIGH SCND6B20LIGH 800 SND6A800LSIH SND6B800LSIH SHND6A800LSIH SHND6B800LSIH SCND6A800LSIH SCND6B800LSIH 000 SND6A00LSIH SND6B00LSIH SHND6A00LSIH SHND6B00LSIH SCND6A00LSIH SCND6B00LSIH 200 SND6A20LSIH SND6B20LSIH SHND6A20LSIH SHND6B20LSIH SCND6A20LSIH SCND6B20LSIH 800 SND6A800LSIGH SND6B800LSIGH SHND6A800LSIGH SHND6B800LSIGH SCND6A800LSIGH SCND6B800LSIGH 000 SND6A00LSIGH SND6B00LSIGH SHND6A00LSIGH SHND6B00LSIGH SCND6A00LSIGH SCND6B00LSIGH 200 SND6A20LSIGH SND6B20LSIGH SHND6A20LSIGH SHND6B20LSIGH SCND6A20LSIGH SCND6B20LSIGH Trip Unit Adjustable Functions Suffix Letter Code Trip Type Cont Current Setting Long Time Delay Instantaneous Setting Short Time Pick Up Short Time Delay Short Time I 2 t Pick Up Ground Fault Pick Up LI LI u u u LIG LIG u u u u u LSI LSI u u u u u u LSIG LSIG u u u u u u u u Ground Fault Delay Interrupting Ratings Breaker RMS Symmetrical ka UL 489 (File E0848) Type 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC SND6-B SHND6-B SCND6-B Neutral Transformers Ampere Rating Catalog Number 600 N06SMDA 00 N0SMDA 800 N08SMDA For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. All breakers built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. For ordering information and terminal connectors, and enclosures, see page -66. Note: G suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits. For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. a Use 2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for 90 C wire. 90 C Cu only cable must be used, and sized per 5 C ampacity. b SND6, SHND6 and SCND6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications. c Advanced trip unit equipped DAS / Maintenance Mode. Requires customer-supplied 24V external power supply, maintenance switch and light. -68 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

69 Internal Accessories Selection Accessories for: MD/SMD 800A Frame ND/SND 200A Frame PD/SPD 600A Frame RD 2000A Frame Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage Shunt Trip Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch AC DC 20 S0MN6 S0MN64A 208 S02MN6s 240 S03MN6 S03MN64As 2 S5MN6s S5MN64As 480 S04MN6s S04MN64As 600 S06MN6s 02 S6MN6s S6MN64As 024 S0MN6 S0MN64A 048 S09MN6s 25 SMN6 SMN64As 250 S3MN6s S3MN64As Undervoltage Trip Combinations Control Voltage Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip and Auxiliary Switch Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches S0MN6 Accessory modules can mount in either left hand or right hand poles of all circuit breakers, including solid state. Exception: when mechanical interlock is used. Accessories cannot be mounted in left pole. AC DC 20 U0MN6 U0MN64A U0MN64AA 208 U02MN6s U02MN64As U02MN64AAs 240 U03MN6s U03MN64As U03MN64AAs 2 U5MN6s U5MN64As U5MN64AAs 480 U04MN6s U04MN64As U04MN64AAs 600 U06MN6s 024 U0MN6 U0MN64A U0MN64AA 048 U09MN6s U09MN64As U09MN64AAs 25 UMN6s UMN64As UMN64AAs 250 U3MN6s U3MN64As U3MN64AAs Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Form C 2 Form C AC DC A0MN64 A02MN64 2 A0MNDLVs A02MNDLVs Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Alarm Switch Alarm Switch and Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC B00MN64 A0MN64B A02MN64B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Description Display Unit SADU SMD, SND, SPD Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK8 s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -69

70 PD 600A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type PXD6 b Non-Interchangeable Trip e 3-Pole 600V AC, V DC a Continuous Current 40 C Blue Label Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only) Mounting Assembly Lugs (6 required) 200 PXD63B20n MB PXD63B40n -or- TA5P PXD63B60 MBR9302 Type PD6 Interchangeable Trip e 3-Pole 600V AC, V DC a Continuous Current 40 C Complete Breaker Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Type HPXD6 b Non-Interchangeable Trip e 3-Pole 600V AC, V DC a Blue Label Continuous Current 40 C Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only) 200 HPXD63B20n 400 HPXD63B40n 600 HPXD63B60 Type CPD6 Non-Interchangeable Trip e Fuseless Current Limiting 3-Pole 600V AC, V DC a Mounting Assembly Catalog Number Blue Label Lugs (6 required) Catalog Number 200 PD63B20n PD63T20n MB PD63B40 PD63F60 PD63T40 -or- TA5P PD63B60 PD63T60 MBR9302 Type HPD6 Interchangeable Trip e 3-Pole 600V AC, V DC a Continuous Current 40 C Complete Breaker Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Mounting Assembly Catalog Number Black Label Lugs (6 required) Catalog Number 200 HPD63B20n PD63T20n MB HPD63B40 HPD63F60 PD63T40 -or- TA5P HPD63B60 PD63T60 MBR9302 Red Label Continuous Current 40 C Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only) 200 CPD63B20n 400 CPD63B40n 600 CPD63B60n Ordering Instructions Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of PD6, HPD6, RD6, and HRD6 type breakers include frame, trip, mounting base (MB930), and both line and load lugs (PD Frame TA5P600, RD Frame TC5R600). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip, mounting assembly and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different mounting base or lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6 and CPD6 type breakers include frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required mounting base and lugs separately. 00% Rated (3-Pole only) Types PXD6, HPXD6 breakers are available with 00% ratings. To order add suffix H to catalog number, and 0% to list price. 00% PD breakers require 90 C cable sized at 5 C ampacity and TC5R600 lugs. RD 2000A Frames not available with 00% ratings. 50 C Applications see page HZ Applications see page -9. Lugs (6 required per breaker) d No of Catalog Cables per Number Connector Wire Range TA5P kcmil Cu/Al TC5R kcmil Cu only TA4P50s kcmil Cu/Al TA6R kcmil Cu/Al Interrupting Ratings UL 489 A IR RMS Symmetrical KA Breaker Volts AC Volts DCa Type PD6, PXD (2P) 25 (3P) HPD6, HPXD (2P) 50 (3P) CPD (2P) 50 (3P) n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. a Use two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 250V b When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. c PXD6, HPXD6 and CPD6 type circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. d For additional information See Note: A, page -88. e HACR rated. Note: PD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B NAVAL. See page -9 for additional information. -0 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

71 SPD 600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Selection/Dimensions Ordering Information Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series PD frame unit is for breaker only. Price required mounting block assembly and necessary terminal connectors as separate items. SPD6 and SHPD6 are acceptable for reverse connection applications. Type SPD6 Blue Label Type SHPD6 Black Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Catalog Number Current Rating SPD6940n 400 SPD6960n 600 SPD6940Gn 400 SPD6960Gn 600 SPD6940NTn 400 SPD6960NTn 600 SPD6940NGTn 400 SPD6960NGTn Pole, 600V AC Max Catalog Number Current Rating SHPD6940n 400 SHPD6960n 600 SHPD6940Gn 400 SHPD6960Gn 600 SHPD6940NTn 400 SHPD6960NTn 600 SHPD6940NGTn 400 SHPD6960NGTn 600 Short Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l 2 t Fault Fault Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay None LI u u u G LIG u u u u u NT LSI u u u u u u NGT LSIG u u u u u u u u Lugs a No. of Catalog Cables per Wire Number Connector Range TA5P600 5 pcs kcmil Cu/Al TC5R600 5 pcs kcmil Cu Only TA6R600 6 pcs kcmil Cu/Al Neutral Transformers Ampere Rating 400 N4SPD 600 N6SPD Enclosure Type PRD6N Interrupting Ratings All PD, RD Frames: Breaker RMS Symmetrical ka UL 489 Type 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC SPD SHPD Mounting Block (Required) b MB930 MBR9302 MB930 (shown) MBR9302 MBR9302 MB930 MBR9302 MB930 For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. afor additional information, see Note: A, page -88. b The PD frame circuit breaker requires the use of a connect-all mounting assembly to allow for placing into service. Note: G suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits. For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -

72 Internal Accessories Selection Accessories for: MD/SMD 800A Frame ND/SND 200A Frame PD/SPD 600A Frame RD 2000A Frame Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage Shunt Trip Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch AC DC 20 S0MN6 S0MN64A 208 S02MN6s 240 S03MN6 S03MN64As 2 S5MN6s S5MN64As 480 S04MN6s S04MN64As 600 S06MN6s 02 S6MN6s S6MN64As 024 S0MN6 S0MN64A 048 S09MN6s 25 SMN6 SMN64As 250 S3MN6s S3MN64As Undervoltage Trip Combinations Control Voltage Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip and Auxiliary Switch Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches S0MN6 Accessory modules can mount in either left hand or right hand poles of all circuit breakers, including solid state. Exception: when mechanical interlock is used. Accessories cannot be mounted in left pole. AC DC 20 U0MN6 U0MN64A U0MN64AA 208 U02MN6s U02MN64As U02MN64AAs 240 U03MN6s U03MN64As U03MN64AAs 2 U5MN6s U5MN64As U5MN64AAs 480 U04MN6s U04MN64As U04MN64AAs 600 U06MN6s 024 U0MN6 U0MN64A U0MN64AA 048 U09MN6s U09MN64As U09MN64AAs 25 UMN6s UMN64As UMN64AAs 250 U3MN6s U3MN64As U3MN64AAs Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Form C 2 Form C AC DC A0MN64 A02MN64 2 A0MNDLVs A02MNDLVs Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage Alarm Switch Alarm Switch and Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC B00MN64 A0MN64B A02MN64B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Description Display Unit SADU SMD, SND, SPD Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK8 s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. -2 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

73 RD 2000A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type RXD6 d 3-Pole 600V AC, V DC a Blue Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Only Without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only) Mounting Assembly Lugs (6 required) 600 RXD63B60 MB RXD63B80 -or- TC5R RXD63B200 MBR9302 Type RD6 d 3-Pole 600V AC, V DC a Interchangeable Trip (Unassembled Circuit Breaker with Lugs) Continuous Complete Breaker Mounting Current Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only Assembly Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number Number Type HRXD6 d Interrupting Ratings UL 489 A IR RMS Symmetrical KA Breaker Volts AC Volts DC a Type RD6, RXD (2P) 25 (3P) HRD6, HRXD (2P) 50 (3P) Blue Label Lugs (6 required) Catalog Number 600 RD63B60n RD63T60n MB RD63B80 RD63F200 RD63T80 -or- TC5R RD63B200 RD63T200 MBR9302 Black Label Continuous Current 40 C Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only) 600 HRXD63B60n 800 HRXD63B80n 2000 HRXD63B200 Type HRD6 d Continuous Current 40 C Complete Breaker Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Mounting Assembly Catalog Number Black Label Lugs (6 required) Catalog Number 600 HRD63B60n RD63T60n MB HRD63B80 HRD63F200 RD63T80 -or- TC5R HRD63B200 RD63T200 MBR9302 Mounting Block Catalog Number MB930 MBR9302 RXD63B200 Shipping Weights Connection Points Front Rear Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6, CPD6 Assembled Breakers PD6, HPD6, RD6, HRD6 Frame Only PD6, RD6 Trip Unit Only Mounting Assembly MB MBR Lugs (6 required per breaker) e No of Catalog Cables per Number Connector Wire Range TC5R kcmil Cu only TA6R kcmil Cu/Al Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range (PD / RD Frames) Nominal Instantaneous Values +20% +20% Breaker Ampere Tolerance Tolerance Rating Low High ,000 n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. a Use two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 250V DC applications. b When wired as shown on page -4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. c RXD6 and HRXD6 type circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. d HACR rated. e For additional information See Note: A, page -88. Note: RD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B NAVAL. See page -9 for additional information. For required mounting base (MB930 or MBR9302) see page -. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -3

74 Magnetic Trip Only ETI Motor Circuit Protector Selection Instantaneous Trip Range b Complete Circuit Breaker Without Lugs e Breaker Ampere Type Rating Minimum c Maximum c 2-Pole 3-Pole HEM3M003L 02 HEM3M00L HEM3M05L HEM HEM3M030L HEM3M050L HEM3M00L HEM3M00L SHIPPING: 3. lbs. each ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A00 ED6-A ED63A V AC ED63A V DC ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A25 SHIPPING: 03.8 lbs. each CED63A00n CED63A002n CED63A003n CED63A005n CED6-A CED63A00n CED63A025n 600V AC CED63A030n 250V DC CED63A040n CED63A050n CED63A00n CED63A25n SHIPPING: 06 lbs. each FXD63L50n FXD6d FXD63A50 600V AC FXD63H50 250V DC FXD63A250 SHIPPING: 0 09 lbs. each CFD63L50n CFD6 d CFD63A50n 600V AC 250V DC CFD63H50n CFD63A250n SHIPPING: 2 lbs. each 2 lbs. each JXD6(A) a JXD63L V AC JXD62H400n JXD63H V DC SHIPPING: 6 lbs. each 20 lbs. each CJD6 a CJD63L400n 600V AC CJD63H400n 250V DC SHIPPING: 29.5 lbs. each 3.5 lbs. each LXD6(A) a LXD62L600n LXD63L600n 600V AC LXD63H V DC SHIPPING: 6 lbs. each 20 lbs. each CLD6 a CLD63L600n 600V AC CLD63H600n 250V DC SHIPPING: 3.5 lbs. each LMXD6 d LMXD63L800n 600V AC LMXD63A V DC SHIPPING: 35 lbs. each MXD63L800n MXD6 d MXD63A800n 600V AC MXD63H V DC SHIPPING: 33 lbs. each CMD63L800n CMD6 d CMD63A800n 600V AC CMD63H800n 250V DC SHIPPING: 80 lbs. each Important Information ETI interrupting ratings are determined through combination tests with properly sized overload relays and contactors. e Connectors included when ordering by circuit breaker catalog number for HEM, ED and CED6 ETIs. Order ETI circuit breaker and lugs (2 per pole) separately for the FXD6, CFD6, MXD6, CMD6, JXD6, CJD6, LXD6 and CLD6 ETI s. Lug Information pages -88 to -90 Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -95 to -00 Application data pages -5 to -6 n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a 2-pole available in 3-pole width only. b When applied on DC Circuits Trip levels will increase approximately + 5 to 20%. c Tolerance -20%/+30% for lowest setting. All other settings are -20%/+20% d For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker. -4 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

75 Motor Circuits General Protection of Motor Circuits Molded case circuit breakers are used in motor circuits as a disconnecting means and for short-circuit protection. They should be used in conjunction with motor-running, over-current-protection devices, and should permit the motor to start without nuisance tripping from motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker should have a continuous-current rating of not less than 5% of the motor full-load current. The recommended motor circuit protectors (Siemens ETI instantaneous only circuit breakers) listed have continuous-current ratings of at least 5% of motor full-load currents. The trip-setting positions are approximately times motor full-load currents. The suggested trip settings may have to be adjusted upward to no higher than 300% of full-load current for non-design E type motors, and no greater than 00% of full load current for design E motors, to allow for motor start-up due to inrush currents. Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors are recommended for use in combination motor starters to provide selective short-circuit protection for the motor Application branch circuit. The adjustable instantaneous-trip feature of the Siemens ETI motor circuit protector provides for a trip setting slightly above the peak motor-inrush current. With this setting, no delay is introduced in opening the circuit when a fault occurs. This circuit breaker has no time-delay trip element. Therefore it must be used in conjunction with, and immediately ahead of, the motor-running overcurrent protective device. Important: The information below does not apply to all motor applications: it is recommended that the user refer to the National Electrical Code (NEC) for specific needs. Table (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter) 3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters). Motor ETI Trip Setting Full Load Catalog Adjust- Amperes Number ment Amperes A (min) 9..3 B 5.6. C HEM3M003L D E F (max) A (min) B C HEM3M00L D E F (max) A (min) B C HEM3M05L D E F (max) A (min) B C HEM3M030L D E F (max) A (min) B C HEM3M050L D E F (max) A (min) B C HEM3M00L D E F (max) A (min) B C HEM3M00L D E F (max) Low ED63A CED63A High Low ED63A CED63A High Low ED63A CED63A High 35 ETI Trip Setting Motor Full Catalog Adjust- Load Amperes Number ment Amperes Low ED63A CED63A High Low ED63A CED63A High Low ED63A CED63A High Low ED63A CED63A High Low ED63A CED63A High Low ED63A CED63A High Low ED63A CED63A High Low ED63A CED63A High Low FXD63L CFD63L High Low FXD63A CFD63A High Low FXD63A CFD63A High 2500 ETI Trip Setting Motor Full Catalog Adjust- Load Amperes Number ment Amperes Low JXD63L CJD63L High Low JXD63H CJD63H High Low LXD63L CLD63L high Low LXD63H CLD63H High Low LMXD63L High Low LMXD63A High Low MXD63L CMD63L High Low MXD63A CMD63A High Low MXD63H CMD63H Note: Lowest instantaneous settings have a -20%/+30% tolerance and all other settings have a -20%/+20% tolerance. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -5

76 Motor Circuits Breaker Mounted at a Distance From Motor Starter ET thermal-magnetic circuit breakers conform to the National Electrical Code table requirements for motor branch and feeder circuit protection when properly applied in conjunction with motor-running overcurrent protective devices. The recommended circuit-breaker ratings in Table 2 provide adequate time delay for starting the majority of three phase induction motors. To determine the ampere ratings of the ET breaker to protect a motor feeder, add the rating of the ET breaker used to protect the largest motor branch circuit in the group to the full-load currents of the remaining motors in the group. Application Interrupt Ratings For normal commercial purposes, available fault current can conveniently be obtained in the Interrupting Selector Tables. Table 2 (When Breaker is Mounted at a Distance From Motor Starter) 3-Phase Induction Type Motors (EQ and ET circuit breakers (thermal-magnetic trip) for branch breaker use with alternating-current combination motor starters). 200 and 208V Motors 230V Motors 460V Motors 55V Motors Motor 240V Circuit Breaker Data Horse- 240V Circuit Breaker Data a 480V Circuit Breaker Data a 600V Circuit Breaker Data a power Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating BQ3B05 05 BQ3B05 05 ED43B05 05 ED63B BQ3B05 05 BQ3B05 05 ED43B05 05 ED63B BQ b BQ3B05 05 BQ b BQ3B05 05 ED43B05 05 ED63B05 05 ED4 ED BQ3B05 05 BQ3B05 05 ED43B05 05 ED63B BQ3B BQ3B05 05 ED43B05 05 ED63B BQ3B BQ3B ED43B05 05 ED63B BQ3B BQ3B ED43B05 05 ED63B BQ3B BQ3B ED43B ED63B BQ b BQ3B00 00 BQ b BQ3B00 00 ED4 ED43B ED6 ED63B BQ3B00 00 BQ3B ED43B ED63B BQ3B00 00 ED43B ED63B FXD63B25 25 FXD63B25 25 FXD63B FXD63B FXD63B50 50 FXD63B50 50 FXD63B00 00 FXD6 FXD63B FXD6 FXD63B5 5 FXD6 FXD63B5 5 FXD6 FXD63B25 25 FXD63B FXD63B FXD63B FXD63B50 50 FDX63B00 00 FXD63B JXD2 JXD23B FXD6, FD6 FXD63B50 50 FXD6 FXD63B JXD2 JXD23B JXD2 JXD23B FXD6, FD6 FXD63B FXD6, FD6 FXD63B JXD2 JXD23B JXD2 JXD23B FD6 c FD63B JD6 c JD63B FXD6, FD6 FD63B LD6 c or LD63B LD6 c or LD63B500 or 500 JD6 c JD63B FXD6, FD6 FXD63B LMD6 LMD63B600 LMD6 LMD63B500 OR JD6 c JD63B LD6 c or LD63B600 or 600 LMD6 LD63B600 or 600 JD6 c JD63B FXD6 or FXD63B LMD6 LMD63B600 LMD63B600 JD6 c JD63B LMD6 LMD63B LMD6 LMD63B c JD6 JD63B JD6 c JD63B JD6 c JD63B JD6 c JD63B LD6 c or LD63B600 or LMD6 LMD63B JD6 c JD63B LMD6 LMD63B00 00 LD6 c or LMD6 LD63B500 or LMD63B LMD6 LMD63B LD6 c or LD63B600 or LMD6 LMD63B LMD6 LMD63B a The selection of breakers for this table is in accordance with Article 430, 2005 National Electric Code. Recommended circuit breakers are for full voltage starting, special consideration is necessary for reduced voltage starting. b For panelboard applications, substitute the BL breaker for the BQ, ED2 circuit breakers may also be used. c For non-interchangeable trip applications, substitute the FXD6 for the FD6, the JXD6 for the JD6, or the LXD6 for the LD6. -6 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

77 Adjustable Installments Magnetic Trip Settings Application Maximum Nominal ETI Motor Circuit Protector Thermal Magnetic Breaker Continuous AC Adjustable Trip Range Type Amperes Low High 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole HEM3M003L HEM3M00L HEM3M05L HEM HEM3M030L HEM3M050L HEM3M00L HEM3M00L ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A00 ED ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A ED63A CED63A00n CED63A002n CED63A003n CED63A005n CED63A00n CED CED63A025n CED63A030n CED63A040n CED63A CED63A CED63A FXD62B00 FXD63B FXD62B080 FXD63B FXD62B090 FXD63B FXD62B00 FXD63B FXD62B0 FXD63B FXD62B25 FXD63B25 FXD6-A FXD63L FXD63A50 FXD62B50 FXD63B FXD63H FXD62B5 FXD63B FXD62B200 FXD63B FXD62B225 FXD63B FXD63A250 FXD62B250 FXD63B FD62B00 FD63B FD62B080 FD63B FD62B090 FD63B FD62B00 FD63B FD62B0 FD63B0 FD6-A FD62B25 FD63B FD62B50 FD63B FD62B5 FD63B FD62B200 FD63B FD62B225 FD63B FD62B250 FD63B HFD62B00 HFD63B HFD62B080 HFD63B HFD62B090 HFD63B HFD62B00 HFD63B HFD62B0 HFD63B0 HFD HFD62B25 HFD63B HFD62B50 HFD63B HFD62B5 HFD63B HFD62B200 HFD63B HFD62B225 HFD63B HFD62B250 HFD63B HHFD63B HHFD63B HHFD63B HHFD63B HHFD63B0 HHFD HHFD63B HHFD63B HHFD63B HHFD63B HHFD63B HHFD63B CFD62B00 CFD63B CFD62B080 CFD63B CFD62B090 CFD63B CFD62B00 CFD63B CFD62B0 CFD63B CFD62B25 CFD63B25 CFD CFD63L CFD63A50 CFD62B50 CFD63B CFD63H CFD62B5 CFD63B CFD62B200 CFD63B CFD62B225 CFD63B CFD63A250 CFD62B250 CFD63B250 Note: Tolerances for instantaneous trip points meet UL 489 (.3). Nominal AC instantaneous trip points are given in the tables. For DC instantaneous trip points, add 5% to nominal values. Instantaneous trip adjustment is made through the breaker cover on all frame breakers. To change instantaneous trip point on circuit breaker, depress indicating knob, then rotate to desired position. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -

78 Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings Application Maximum Nominal ETI Motor Circuit Protector Thermal Magnetic Breaker Continuous AC Adjustable Trip Range Type Amperes Low High 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole JXD22B200 JXD23B JXD22B225 JXD23B225 JXD2(A) JXD22B250 JXD23B JXD22B300 JXD23B JXD22B350 JXD23B JXD22B400 JXD23B JXD62B200 JXD63B JXD62B225 JXD63B225 JXD6(A) JXD62B250 JXD63B JXD62B300 JXD62B JXD62B350 JXD23B JXD62B400 JXD23B JD62B200 JD63B JD62B225 JD63B JD62B250 JD63B250 JD6(A) JD62B300 JD63B JD62B350 JD63B JXD63L JXD63H400 JD62B400 JD63B HJD62B200 HJD63B HJD62B225 HJD63B225 HJD6(A) HJD62B250 HJD63H HJD62B300 HJD63B HJD62B350 HJD63B HJD62H400 HJD63B HHJD62B200 HHJD63B HHJD62B225 HHJD63B225 HHJD HHJD62B250 HHJD63B HHJD62B300 HHJD63B HHJD62B350 HHJD63B HHJD62B400 HHJD63B CJD63B CJD63B CJD63B250 CJD CJD63B CJD63B CJD63H400 CJD63B CJD63L LXD62B450 LXD63B450 LXD6(A) LXD62B500 LXD63B LXD62B600 LXD63B LD62B250 LD63B LD62B300 LD63B LD62B350 LD63B350 LD6(A) LD62B400 LD63B LD62B450 LD63B LD62B500 LD63B LXD63L LXD63H600 LD62B600 LD63B HLD62B250 HLD63B HLD62B300 HLD63B HLD62B350 HLD63B350 HLD6(A) HLD62B400 HLD63B HLD62B450 HLD63B HLD62B500 HLD63B HLD62B600 HLD63B HHLD62B250 HHLD63B HHLD62B300 HHLD63B HHLD62B350 HHLD63B350 HHLD HHLD62B400 HHLD63B HHLD62B450 HHLD63B HHLD62B500 HHLD63B HHLD62B600 HHLD63B CJD63B CJD63B CJD63B350 CLD CLD63B CLD63B CLD63B CLD63L CLD63H600 CLD63B LMXD63B LMXD62B600 LMXD63B600 LMXD LMXD62B00 LMXD63B LMXD63L LMXD63A800 LMXD62B800 LMXD63B LMD62B500 LMD63B LMD62B600 LMD63B600 LMD LMD62B00 LMD63B LMD62B800 LMD63B800-8 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

79 Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings Application Maximum Nominal ETI Motor Circuit Protector Thermal Magnetic Breaker Continuous AC Adjustable Trip Range Type Amperes Low High 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole HLMXD63B500 HLMXD HLMXD63B HLMXD63B HLMXD63B HLMD62B500 HLMD63B500 HLMD HLMD62B600 HLMD63B HLMD62B00 HLMD63B HLMD62B800 HLMD63B MD62B500 MD63B MD62B600 MD63B600 MD MD62B00 MD63B MXD63L MXD63A800 MD62B800 MD63B MXD63H MXD62B500 MXD63B MXD62B600 MXD63B600 MXD MXD62B00 MXD63B MXD63L MXD63A800 MXD62B800 MXD63B MXD63H HMD62B500 HMD63B500 HMD HMD62B500 HMD63B HMD62B00 HMD63B HMD62B800 HMD63B HMXD63B500 HMXD HMXD63B HMXD63B HMXD63B CMD63B600 CMD CMD63B CMD63L CMD63A800 CMD63B CMD63H ND62B800 ND63B800 ND ND62B900 ND63B ND62B00 ND63B ND62B20 ND63B NXD62B900 NXD63B900 NXD NXD62B00 NXD63B NXD62B20 NXD63B HND62B800 HND63B800 HND HND62B900 HND63B HND62B00 HND63B HND62B20 HND63B HNXD63B900 HNXD HNXD63B HNXD63B CND63B800 CND CND63B CND63B CND63B PD63B20 PD PD63B PD63B PXD63B20 PXD PXD63B PXD63B HPD63B20 HPD HPD63B HPD63B HPXD63B20 HPXD HPXD63B HPXD63B CPD63B20 CPD CPD63B CPD63B60 RD RD63B RD63B200 RXD RXD63B RXD63B200 HRD HRD63B HRD63B200 HRXD HRXD63B HRXD63B200 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -9

80 Molded Case Switch Circuit Disconnect Maximum 2-Pole 3-Pole Self-Protective Frame Instantaneous Amp Rating Override±20% c 00 BQ2S060n BQ3S060n 000 BQ2S00n BQ3S00n ED22S00An ED23S00A 000 ED42S00An ED43S00A 000 ED42S25An ED43S25A 000 ED62S00An ED63S00A 000 ED63S25A 000 CED62S00An CED63S00An 000 CED62S25An CED63S25An 000 HES3S00L 250 HES3S25L HQR23S250HA FXD62S250A FXD63S250A 3200 HFXD62S250An HFXD63S250An 3200 a CFD63S250An JXD22S400An JXD23S400A 6000 JXD63S400A 6000 HJXD63S400An 6000 a CJD63S400An LXD63S600A 6000 HLXD63S600An 6000 a CLD63S600An LMXD63S800An 8000 MXD63S800A 8000 a CMD63S800A NXD63S20A 0000 a CND63S20An a a PXD63S60A e 0000 RXD63S200An e 0000 Selection Ordering Information Order by catalog number. Switches include frame and self protective trip unit only. Order lugs separately from pages -88 to -90. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker. b For additional lugs see pages -88 to -90. c Molded case switches up to R frame contain a self protecting instantaneous element, which may open circuit above their override set point. d UL file E5556 Volume, section 2 and CSA LR e Requires mounting block MB930 or MBR9302. Lugs pages -88 to -90 Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages -95 to Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

81 Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Technical The Sentron Sensitrip III circuit breaker is a true RMS current sensing device. Digital microprocessor circuitry within the electronic trip unit provides more precise control over the circuit breaker functions. This control allows circuit coordination flexibility not available with thermal magnetic circuit breakers. Functions available in Sentron Sensitrip circuit breakers Short Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l 2 t Fault Fault (Description + Suffix) Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay Basic Unit + (A) LI u u u Basic Unit + (A)G LIG u u u u u Basic Unit + (A)NT LSI u u u u u u Basic Unit + (A)NGT LSIG u u u u u u u u Letter A is used for MD and ND Solid State frame types only. Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions for the Sentron Sensitrip Circuit Breaker. SMD6, SHMD6, SCMD6, SND6, SHND6, SCND6, SPD6, SHPD6 SJD6, SHJD6, SCJD6, SCD6, SHLD6, SCLD6 l n = Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating. l r = Current Rating a function of continuous ampere adjustment setting expressed in % of l n. l g = Ground Fault Pickup a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of l n. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -8

82 Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Technical A. Adjustable Continuous Amps Rating Switch All Sensitrip III solid state molded case circuit breakers have an adjustable ampere rating switch. Adjustments made to this switch change the continuous current rating of the breaker from 20% to 00% of its maximum trip unit rating depending on the circuit breaker frame. B. Adjustable Long Time Delay Switch All Sensitrip III circuit breakers have an adjustable long time delay switch to allow for selection of long time delays of fixed time intervals at six times the setting of the adjustable continuous amps rating switch. C. Adjustable Instantaneous Pick-Up Switch Sensitrip III circuit breakers with an adjustable instantaneous trip switch allow selection of a tripping point from related to the adjusted circuit breaker Rating (l r ). Adjustable Ground Fault Pick-Up Switch Sensitrip III circuit breakers containing the optional equipment ground fault protection cover the ground fault pick-up range of 20% to 0% of the circuit breaker frame rating. The ground fault pick-up settings also allow for one of three time delays based on 2t curves. For 3-phase, 4-wire systems, an external neutral transformer is required with an ampere rating equal to the trip unit ampere rating. D. Adjustable Short Time Pick-Up Switch (Optional) Sensitrip III circuit breakers with an adjustable short time pick-up switch allow for selection of short time pick-up in a range from.5 to 0 times the setting of the maximum current rating. E. Adjustable Short Time Delay Switch (Optional) Sensitrip III circuit breakers with an adjustable short time pick-up switch also contain a switch for adjustment in time delay. The adjustable short time delay switch allows for either of two modes of short time delays. One range of settings enables the breaker to be set for fixed time delays and the other range of settings enables the breaker to be set for short time delays based on l 2 t curves. l n = Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating. l r = Current Rating a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of l n. l g = Ground Fault Pick-up a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of l n. Examples of Adjustment Settings SMD69800A Continuous Long Time Instantaneous I n = 800 Current Setting Delay Setting Setting I n = 800 amperes Results 240 amperes 2 seconds trip 920 amperes l r = 30% of 800 at 6 x 240 amps = x l r = 8 x 240 SMD69800ANGT Long Short Time Short Time Ground Ground l r Time Pick-Up Instantaneous Pick-Up Short Time l 2 T Fault Fault l n Setting Delay Off Setting On Delay Set Pick-Up Delay 800 amperes l r 8 l r Results sec. 5600A 4480A.5 secs A 320A.2 sec Au Bu Cu Du Eu Fu Gu Hu Iu Ju Aul n = 800 amperes. Bul r = 560 amperes (0% of 800). CuDelay = 20 seconds at 3360 amps (6 x l r ). Breaker will trip in 20 seconds with 3360 amperes. DuShort Time Pick-Up Off Instantaneous can be used. Eu Instantaneous set at 0 x l r = 0 x 560 = 5600 amperes. Fu Short Time Pick-Up On Set at 8 = 8 x 560 = 4480 amperes. Gu Short Time Delay =.5 seconds. (Definite Time) Note: Gu& Hu are mutually exclusive. Hu l 2 t switch on.28 6 x 560 = 3360 amperes. (Inverse time) Iu Ground Fault Pick-Up set at 40 = 40% of l n = 320 amperes. (Definite Time) Ju Ground Fault Delay set at.2 seconds. Breaker will trip in 200 milliseconds with a 400 ampere ground fault. -82 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

83 WL Power Circuit Breakers 3-pole & 4-pole, up to 6000A General Breaker Description The ever-increasing use of plant and energy management systems has intensified the demand for circuit breakers supporting multiple open protocols to monitor and control the flow of energy in the power system. The extensive and modular WL family of circuit breakers and accessories provides this for applications from 200A to 6000A. Applications WL breakers can be applied as main, tie, feeder or distribution breakers in low-voltage electrical power systems. Versions b Frame ratings: 800A to 6000A b 3 physical frame sizes b Rated nominal operating voltage up to 635VAC b Seven interrupting classes from 50kA to 200kA at 480V b Circuit breaker or non-automatic switch b WL Circuit Breakers are delivered as complete assembled breakers or individual frames, guide frames, and accessories Installation Types Fixed-mounted or Draw-out version. Standards b WL ANSI / UL 066 Circuit Breakers will satisfy: C3.3, C3.6, C3., C3.50, NEMA SG3 b WL UL 489 Circuit Breakers will satisfy: UL 489 b WL Circuit Breakers are suitable for use in UL 558 LV Switchgear and UL 89 LV Switchboards Conditions of Application WL Circuit Breakers are designed to meet standard Industrial and Commercial application requirements. Uniform Dimensions WL Circuit Breaker dimensions differ only in the device width, which varies by frame size. With the exception of the 200kA ANSI Frame Size II which has an additional 5 in depth to accommodate integral fuses and the UL489 Frame Size I which measures only 5 in height to allow six-high stacking in switchboards. Minimal Space Requirements The WL design is extremely compact without sacrificing performance and does not use energy-wasting heat sinks. Trip Units The electronic, micro processor-based trip unit is auxiliary voltage-independent for all protective functions and enables adaptation to the different protection requirements of distribution systems, motors, transformers and generators. Non-Automatic Switch A special version of the circuit breaker is used as a non-automatic switch. The non-automatic switch is constructed without a trip unit and has no protective function. A possible application is for use as a tie in systems with parallel feeds. Main Bus Connectors Breakers are equipped with standard vertical main bus connections. Horizontal bus connections are available as an option in Frame Size and 2 up to 2000A. Communication Capability MODBUS or PROFIBUS communications transmit the acquired and metered data, such as current values, breaker status, trip log, etc. to a central monitoring computer. With a factory installed metering function option, the WL acquires data useful for power management and can contribute to a significant savings in energy costs. A new, internal circuit breaker bus enables the expansion of breaker functionality through the integration of many secondary functions which were previously separate, including: b Control of analog displays b Options for testing the communication setup b Display of breaker status and reason for trip b Input modules for reading other external signals and transmitting these signalsvia PROFIBUS or MODBUS communication b A selection of output modules to provide contact closures based on events or measured-value setpoints. It is not only possible to monitor the breaker remotely, it is also possible to open and close the breaker as well as setting parameters remotely Operating Mechanisms Circuit breakers can be optionally delivered with different operating mechanisms, including: b Manual operating mechanism with mechanical closing (standard) b Manual operating mechanism with mechanical and electrically interlocked closing b Motorized operating mechanism with mechanical and electrically interlocked closing. Operating mechanisms with electrically interlocked closing are suitable for synchronizing tasks Auxiliary Contacts Auxiliary switches can be added according to the type of installation. They are easily mounted via front, top mounted terminal blocks. Modularity Common guide frames for the draw-out version make them completely interchangeable between the UL 489 and ANSI / UL 066 rated circuit breakers. Components, such as auxiliary releases, motorized operating mechanisms, trip units, current sensors, auxiliary signal switches, automatic reset devices or interlocks can be used to modify or retrofit any circuit breaker to meet changing requirements. The main contacts can be replaced to extend the life of the circuit breaker and feature integrated contact wear indicators. Electronic Trip Unit Modularity Modularity is the outstanding feature of the new WL Circuit Breakers. The trip units themselves can be retrofitted with special LCDs, ground fault modules, rating plugs and communication modules.00% Rated Circuit Breaker WL circuit breakers are designed for continuous operation at 00% of their current rating without the need for external heat sinks. Conditions of Application WL Circuit Breakers are designed to meet standard Industrial and Commercial application requirements. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -83

84 WL Power Circuit Breakers Communication Information General -84 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

85 WL Power Circuit Breakers Electronic Trip Units General Trip Unit Functions Basic Protective Functions ETU45 ETU48 ETU6 Long-time overcurrent protection L l l l Short-time delayed overcurrent protection S l l l Instantaneous overcurrent protection I l l l Neutral conductor protection N l l l Ground fault protection G u u u Additional Functions Selectable neutral protection l l l Defeatable short-time protection l l Defeatable instantaneous protection l l Selectable thermal memory l l l Zone selective interlocking l l l Selectable I2t or fixed short-time delay l l l Adjustable instantaneous pick-up l l Selectable I2t or I4t long-time delay l l l Adjustable short-time delay and pick-up l l l Selectable and adjustable neutral protection l l l Dual protective setting capability l Dynamic arc-flash sentry l Extended instantaneous protection l l l Parameterization and Displays Parameterization by rotary switches (0 steps) l l Parameterization by communication (absolute values) l l Parameterization by menu/keypad (absolute values) l Remote parameterization of the basic functions l Remote parameterization of the additional functions l Alphanumeric LCD u u Graphical LCD l Metering Function Metering function u u u Metering function Plus u u u Communication CubicleBUS l l l Communication via PROFIBUS-DP u u u Communication via the MODBUS u u u Communication via the Ethernet (BDA) u u u l Standard Not available u Optional Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -85

86 WL Power Circuit Breakers 3-pole & 4-pole, up to 6000A General Rating Plug It is no longer necessary to replace the current transformer to change the rated current of the breaker. Instead, you simply replace the rating plug which is easily accessible on the front of the trip unit. The circuit breaker is set to the new rated current quickly and is already correctly labeled. Long Time Overcurrent Protection with Switchable I2t/I4t Characteristics The long time overcurrent protection in the ETU45, ETU55 and ETU6 trip units can be switched between an I2t and I4t characteristic to improve coordination between upstream circuit breakers and fuses. Front Panel The front panel is designed so that it can be accessed through a cutout in the door, which means that all controls and displays are accessible even when the cubicle door is closed. The front panels of all Frame Size II and Frame Size III circuit breakers are identical, and allow for two different through-door access designs: Trip unit and front panel controls or front panel controls only. The degree of protection of the front panel is IP 20. Environmental Protection The plastics used are halogen-free and recyclable. Safety and Reliability In order to help protect the electrical distribution system and circuit breaker against unauthorized breaker operations, Exclusive Features Generator/Utility Protection Sets 24//365 power availability is critical for some systems. On-site generation capability is growing more and more common in many systems. All of the WL digital electronic trip units allow the system designer to precisely tailor trip settings for the most demanding requirements. However, the 6 trip unit allows one set of trip settings for a fully loaded utility feed and with a simple contact closure, the trip unit toggles to a second trip set tailored to provide optimal generator protection. The wide range of settings allows the WL to provide protection for a minimal generator capacity for only essential loads, through full backup for an entire facility. This dual utility/generator protection capability in a single circuit breaker allows the system designer unparalleled, cost effective, flexibility. Dynamic Arc-Flash Sentry A unique feature of the WL trip unit allows the system designer to achieve lower levels of arc flash energy and delayed tripping for selective trip coordination purposes. a wide range of locking devices can be installed or retrofit, including: b Lockable drawout version to protect against unauthorized removal (standard) b High degree of protection through Plexiglas cover b Mechanical reclosing lockout after long-time, short-time or instantaneous trip (optional) b Devices with trip unit ETU45 or higher are equipped with temperature sensors on the BSS and COM5/COM6 (standard) b Lock provision for locking the breaker in the OPEN position b Lockable covers for the CLOSE button b Lockable racking handle prevents moving the breaker b Lockable charging handle prevents charging the springs Standard Version Features WL Circuit Breakers have the following standard equipment: b Mechanical CLOSE and mechanical OPEN push buttons b Manual operating mechanism with mechanical closing b Contact position indicator b Front panel ready-to-close indicator Dynamic Arc-Flash Sentry (DAS) employs the unique dual protective setting capability of the 6 trip unit, coupled with the ability to easily toggle to a lower arc flash parameter set. A normal operation parameter set can be optimized for selective trip coordination, while the second set is optimized for lower arc flash energy levels. The dynamic action comes from the ability to switch from the normal operation set to the arc flash limiting set based on the presence of personnel as they approach the flash protection boundary. A wide variety of switching methods may be used based on the needs of a particular facility. The capabilities range from fully automatic switching using appropriate occupancy sensors to manual switching via a key operation. Extended Instantaneous Protection Extended Instantaneous protection (EIP), another unique feature of the WL trip unit, allows the system designer to achieve full selective trip coordination up to the short-time rating of the frame while also allowing application of the breaker up to the interrupting rating of the frame. The typical power circuit breaker with an LS trip unit, or when b Spring charge indicator b Rear vertical main contacts b Main contact replacement flag b Auxiliary plug system with bare wire pressure screw terminals. Delivery includes all auxiliary plugs necessary for both factory installed and future field installed accessories b Mechanical trip indicator of the overcurrent release system b Automatic reset after trip b The front panel cannot be removed if the circuit breaker closed b Laminated main contact fingers as part of the breaker contact strip on the drawout circuit breaker b Breaker position display in the operator s panel b Captive crank handle for racking out the breaker b Guide frame with guide rails for easy handling of draw-out version b Breaker cannot be moved in the CLOSED state b Rated current coding between the guide frame and the breaker b Suitable for reverse feed applications b The breaker is always equipped with the required number of secondary disconnect blocks the instantaneous function is switched off on an LSI trip unit, can only be applied up to it s short-time rating, commonly 85kA or less. For application on systems with levels of available fault current above the short-time rating, the typical LS power circuit breaker cannot be applied or must employ an instantaneous override. This instantaneous override is set at as much as 20% below the short-time rating and can seriously compromise selective trip coordination with downstream breakers. The WL, equipped with EIP, overcomes these limitations by providing full withstand capability, and full coordination, with a minus 0% short-time band tolerance up to 85kA on frame Size II and 00kA on Size III. Above fault currents of 20% higher than the full shorttime rating, the WL breaker is self-protecting, and the EIP function will trip the breaker instantly to protect the frame and the system from these extremely high currents, as high as 50kA on frame Size III. One added benefit is that arc flash energy is greatly reduced in this high current region due to the instantaneous trip response that EIP provides. -86 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

87 Electronic and Communications Accessories Selection Multiplexor Translator Breaker Type Features SJD, SLD Zone Interlocking Only MTZ SMD, SND Full Communications SPD with Zone Interlocking MTA The Multiplexor Translator MTZ is an interface device required in zone selective interlock schemes. The MTA combines the zone selective interlocking function with interface to ACCESS Systems. Cables & Connectors Ribbon Cables Breaker Type Length 06 EPC06 SJD, SLD 08 EPC08 SMD, SND 2 EPC2n SPD 8 EPC8 24 EPC24n Telephone Cables Breaker Type Length 8 MTC08 SJD, SLD 5 MTC5 SMD, SND, 25 MTC25 SPD 50 MTC50 Expansion Plug Breaker Frame Mounting Type Size Type Sensitrip ALL ALL EP The Expansion Plug EP is a required isolating device to connect the breaker with the Multiplexor Translator. It is connected to the trip unit on the breaker with a Ribbon Cable, EPC08 e.g., and the Multiplexor Translator with the Telephone Cable (an RJ- cable) MTCSB08 e.g. Component Selection Guide Trip Units and Application Component ZSI (only) Access Type with and/or Sensitrip ZSI with MCCB S Sensitrip MCCB s EP 3 3 MTZ 3 MTA 3 EPC Cable 3 3 MTC Cable 3 3 Electronic & Display Devices Trip Unit Test Set Type SJD, SLD, SMD, SND, SPD, Portable Spare TS-3 Test Set Interconnecting Cable Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit Breaker Type SJD, SLD, SMD SND, SPD SADU Ammeter Display Unit b Direct plug-in or Panel Mounting* b Trip Unit Powered & Battery back-up b 2 x 6 LCD Alphanumeric Display* b Ammeter Display Functions RMS Phase Currents Average Current* Current Demand* Ground Current Current Unbalance (%)* b Breaker Status Normal Impending Trip* b Time Stamped Trip Log (last 5) Time & Date* Trip Cause: LT, ST, GF, SC b Max Log (with date & time) Max Phase Current* Max Average Current* Max Ground Current* Max Unbalance Current* Max Current Demand* * Unique Features TS3 TS3CABLE The TS-3 test set is used to test the operation of the fault protection functions of the circuit breaker s trip unit, including long-time, shorttime, instantaneous, and ground fault by means of secondary current injections. SADU SADURMK8 The Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit (SADU) provides real-time metering for all Sentron-Sensitrip III Molded Case Circuit Breakers. The unit plugs directly onto the front of the trip unit and provides displays for individual phase currents flowing through the breaker. Additional features include Average, Demand, Ground and Unbalance Current displays, along with impending Trip Status. Current Metering Logs, and a unique diagnostic Trip Log that records the date, time and type of fault for the previous five breaker trips. The device is UL and CSSA certified. The optional panel mount accessory (SADURMK8) allows easy device mounting external from the circuit breaker, in panelboard and switchboard spaces or gutters, with the flexibility of interior panel exterior panel, or wall mounting capability. The 2 x 6 alphanumeric LCD display provides easy viewing of data, such as viewing all three phase currents simultaneously. n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. a When ordered with circuit breaker from the factory. One MTA or MTZ per eight trip units when required. Always required when multiple MT s are used. One additional cable per each additional MT. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -8

88 Lug Information Mechanical Lug Selection For Use Circuit Breaker Cables Per Catalog With Type(s) Ampere Rating Lug Lug Wire Range Number Line Side #4 #6 AWG Cu 5 40 TCQ #2 #6 AWG Al ab BQ, BQH, BQHF BQE, BQF, BL, BLH, HBL, HBQ Switching Neutrals BG, BLG BQD, CQD BQD6, CQD6 NGG, HGG, LGG #8 # AWG Cu TAQ #6 #/0 AWG Al b Load Side #8 #4 AWG Cu Lugs are integral to *exceptions in Table A #8 #2 AWG Al Circuit Breaker Line Side (CQD, CQD6) & Load Side #4 #6 AWG Cu 5 40 Integral #2 #6 AWG Al #8 # AWG Cu Integral #6 #/0 AWG Al #4 #6 AWG Cu 5 30 TCQ #2 #6 AWG Al #4 #6 AWG Cu TCQ (pkg. of 3) #2 #6 AWG Al #8 #/0 AWG Cu TCGG20 (pkg. of 3) #8 #2/0 AWG Al 5 25 NUT KEEPER PLATE TNKG3 c (pkg. of 3) 5-25 #4-3/0 AWG Cu 3TWEG30 (pkg. of 3) 5-25 #4-/0 AWG Cu/Al 3TAEG0 (pkg. of 3) #4 #0 AWG Cu #4 #6 AWG Cu #8 #6 AWG Cu #4 #/0 AWG Cu #2 #/0 AWG Cu Lugs are integral to Lugs are integral to Lugs are integral to Lugs are integral to Lugs are integral to #2 #0 AWG Al #2 #6 AWG Al #8 #4 AWG Al #2 #/0 AWG Al #/0 #2/0 AWG Al Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker NEG, HEG 5-25 #6-3/0 AWG Cu/AI 3TAEG30 (pkg. of 3) 5-25 Nut Keeper Kit (3-pole) TNKE3 (pkg. of 3) 5-25 Nut Keeper Kit (4-pole) TNKE4 (pkg. of 4) Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table of UL 489 standards. Table A For Use With Type(s) Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Cables Per Lug Lug Wire Range Number of Poles Load Side BQ, BL, QP #8 #4 AWG Cu-Al #3 AWG requires 22 or 65 kaic This exception is applicable to - and 2-pole only Note: (A) Molded case circuit breakers having a rated ampacity of 25 amperes or less are to be connected with 60 or 5 C wire. Circuit breakers having a rated ampacity greater than 25 amperes shall only be cabled with 5 C cable unless otherwise indicated on the circuit breaker label. Exceptions to this rule are outlined in article 0-4 C()(2) of the 2005 National Electrical Code. (B) Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table of UL 489 standards. a Lug is steel. b Sold in package of six. c One nut keeper plate is required with each lug on the NGG breaker. -88 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

89 Lug Information Aluminum Body Lugs for Copper or Aluminum Wire Selection For Use Circuit Breaker Cables Per Catalog With Type(s) Ampere Rating Lug Lug Wire Range Number QR2, QR2H, 3TAQR #3 300 Kcmil Al/C HQR2, HQR2H (3 lugs per kit) All 2, 3-pole ED2, ED4, ED6, ED6 ETI, HED4, HHED6 CED6 All -pole ED, HED 5 25 #4 #0 AWG (Cu) #2 #0 AWG (Al) SAE #0 #/0 (Cu or Al) LNE #3-3/0 (Cu) #-2/0 (Al) TAE #0 4 (Cu or Al) 0 00 #4 #/0 (Cu or Al) LDE060 (Load Side) LDE00 (Load Side) FXD6-A, FD6-A, HFD6, #6 AWG 350 kcmil (Cu) cfd6 #4 AWG 350 kcmil (Al) TAFD350A hhfd6 SJD6(A), SHJD6(A) #4 AWG 3/0 (Cu or Al) TA2J630 SCJD6 JXD2(A), JXD6(A), JD6(A), SJD6(A), HJD6(A), HJXD6(A) 3/0 500 kcmil (Cu) HHJXD6, HHJD6, 4/0 500 kcmil (Al) TA2J6500 SHJD6(A), CJD6, SCJD6 LXD6(A), LD6(A), SLD6(A), HLD6(A), 3/0 500 kcmil (Cu) HLXD6(A), HHLXD6, /0 500 kcmil (Al) hhld6, SHLD6(A), TA2J6500 CLD6, SCLD6 LMD6 a, LMXD6 a, HLMD6 a, # 500 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA2K500 hlmxd6 a, MD6, MXD6, SMD6, HMD6, HMXD6, 3 /0 500 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA3K500 SHMD6, CMD6, SCMD kcmil (Cu or Al) TA2N50 b ND6, 2TA4P kcmil (Cu or Al) NXD6, SND6, 3TA4P8500 bd HND6, HNXD6, SHND6, CND6, 2TA4N kcmil (Cu or Al) SCND6 3TA4N8500 d PD6, HPD6, CPD6 PXD6, hpxd6, kcmil (Cu or Al) TA5P600 SPD6, SHPD6 PD6, PXD6, HPD6, HPXD6, SPD6, SHPD6, kcmil (Cu or Al) TA6R600 RD6, RXD6, hrd6, HRXD6, STD a Use TA2K500 or TA3K500 only. b Used for 00% rated MD/ND frame breakers. Rated for 90 C cable. ccontains 2 connectors plus NDTS end barrier. dcontains 3 connectors plus NDTS end barrier. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -89

90 Lug information Optional Mechanical Lugs Selection For Use With Type QR2, QR2H, HQR2, HQR2H Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Cables Per Lug Lug Material Qty Per Catalog No Lug Wire Range Cu #3-300 Kcmil Cu ONLY) 3 3TCQR2520 (3 lugs per kit) ED, HED, 2 & 3-pole, 2 & 3-pole Cu #0 #/0 (Cu) TCED650 HFD6, HHFD6, CFD6, F(X)D6-A J(X)D2(A), J(X)D6(A), HJD6(A), HHJD6, SHJD6(A), L(X)D6(A), HHLD6, SCD6, HLD6(A), SHLD6(A), CJD6, CLD6, SCJD6, SCLD6 SMD6, M(X)D6, Cu #6 AWG 350 kcmil (Cu) TCFD Cu Al 3/0 600 kcmil (Cu) 3/0 500 kcmil (Cu) kcmil (Al) kcmil (Cu) TCJ6600 a TC2J6500 a TAL650 2 Cu # AWG 500 kcmil (Cu) TC2K HM(X)D6, HMD6, 3 Cu # AWG 350 kcmil (Cu) TC3K350 CMD6, SCMD6, SND6, kcmil (Cu) 2 2TA2N Al kcmil (Al) 3 3TA2N850 N(X)D6, HN(X)D6, SHND6, CND6, SCND Al kcmil (Cu) kcmil (Al) 2 3 2TA3N850 3TA3N850 R(X)D6, HR(X)D Cu kcmil (Cu) TC5R600 P(X)D6, HP(X)D6, CPD6, SPD6, SHPD Al kcmil (Cu/Al) TA4P50s Compression Lugs For Circuit Breaker Types Ampere Rating Poles Lugs Per Kit Lug Wire Size Lugs (contains indicated number of lugs and necessary hardware per kit) ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6 5 25, 2, 3 #2/0 AWG Cu/Al CCE25 QR2, QR2H, HQR2, HQR2H #6-350kcmil Al/Cu CCQ250 F(X)D6-A, HF(X)D6, HHF(X)D6, CFD , kcmil CCF250 JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, HJ(X)D6-A, HHJ(X)D6-A, CJD6, SJD6-A, SHJD6-A, SCJD6, L(X)D6-A, HL(X)D6-A, CLD6, SLD6-A, SHLD6-A, SCLD , kcmil CCL600 Kits (contain lugs and hardware for complete line or load end of 2 or 3-pole breaker) 2 6 CCM800K2 M(X)D6, HM(X)D6, CMD6, SMD6, SHMD6, SCMD CCM800K3 500 kcmil 2 8 CCN200K2 N(X)D6, HN(X)D6, CND6, SND6, SHND6, SCND CCN200K3 Distribution Lugs For Circuit Breaker Types Ampere Rating Poles Lugs Per kit NGG, HGG, LGG 5-25,2,3 6 Wires Per Lug Lug Wire Size #6-#4 AL #4-#4 Cu TA6GG04 NEG, HEG 5-25,2,3 3 3 #4-#2 AWG Cu 3TA3EG02 NEG, HEG 5-25,2,3 3 6 #4-#6 AWG Cu 3TA6EG06 ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6 5-25,2,3 6 F(X)D6-A, HF(X)D6, HHF(X)D6, CFD ,3 6 #4-#4 AWG Cu #6-#4 AWG Al #4-#4 AWG Cu #6-#4 AWG Al TA6ED06 TA6FD04 JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, HJ(X)D6-A, HHJ(X)D6-A, CJD6-A, SJD6, SHJD6-A, SCJD6, L(X)D6-A, HL(X)D6-A, CLD6-A, SLD6-A, SHLD6-A, SCLD ,3 6 #4-2/0 AWG Cu #6-2/0 AWG Al TA6JD20 s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. a Used for 00% rated JD/LD frame circuit breakers. Special purpose wire connectors, not for general use. -90 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

91 Modifications A variety of internal and external accessories, as well as modifications, are available to adapt Siemens circuit breakers to special installation requirements. UL listed internal accessories for 00 through 2000A circuit breakers are field-addable. Internal accessories fine tune an electrical distribution system, allowing control of the circuit breakers to meet special application requirements. For example, emergency situations may dictate tripping critically placed circuit breakers quickly. Shunt trips accomplish this conveniently and efficiently. Or, when voltage drops are a concern, undervoltage trips automatically open the circuit breaker at a predetermined voltage level. A wide range of external operating and mounting accessories is also available. For example, face, shallow, and back mounting plates are ideal for tailoring BQ circuit breakers to OEM applications. A complete line of operating handles and handle-blocking devices meet switchboard, enclosure and safety needs. Plug-in mounting assemblies, which simplify switchboard mounting of circuit breakers and permit breaker removal without disconnecting bus or cable connections, are available. General/Selection 50 C Ambient Calibration Not UL listed and not available for solid state, 00% rated breakers or 400HZ calibrated breakers. For BL Type Circuit Breakers Add suffix M to catalog number (Example: B20M)...No Charge For BQ and ED Frame Circuit Breakers Replace B in catalog number with M...No Charge (Example: BQ3M060, ED63M060) For FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, and RD Frame Circuit Breakers Non-Interchangeable Trip (3 pole only)...no Charge Replace B in catalog number with M (Example: FXD63M225, JXD63M400) 400 HZ Calibration UL Listed (5KA IR) for BQ & BL Type Circuit Breakers (200A max.)...add 25% to list price Add suffix Y to catalog number Not UL Listed for all other Circuit Breakers, see derating tables on page -02 and order standard circuit breakers. Fungus Proofing All BQD, CQD, GB, GG, ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD, DG, FG, JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG Frame Circuit Breakers are inherently fungus resistant and do not require special treatment. For BL, and BQ Type Circuit Breakers...Add $0.00 net per pole Consult Sales Office for Availability For all other Circuit Breaker Types...Add $60.00 net per device Consult Sales Office for Availability Certificate of Compliance with Test Report (catalog number CERT OF COMP.) Add $20.00 net Certificate of compliance testing must be performed on the actual device being shipped. The certificate cannot be provided after initial shipment. Order for devices with COC requirement must be placed directly with the factory by the sales office and shipped directly to the end user. UL 489 Supplement SB Naval Use Breakers Breakers tested to UL 489 Supplement SB are qualified for use on non combat and auxiliary naval vessels. Siemens molded case breakers, including BL, NGB and Sentron ED through RD frames can be labeled NAVAL in compliance with UL 489 Supplement SB. Supplement SB testing comprises two sets of vibration tests. The first is to find mechanical resonances in the product and to subject the breaker to extreme testing at each resonant frequency. The second is a swept frequency test, in which the frequency of excitation is changed in intervals of Hz, and held at each frequency for five minutes. The excitation frequencies run from 4 to 33Hz, and the test is conducted in each of the three orthogonal axes of the breaker. During these tests, the breaker must not trip from the closed position, nor may the contacts touch from the open position. Calibration and insulation resistance are also verified during the test. For detailed information, refer to UL 489, Supplement SB. Ordering Information For NAVAL label, add $5. net per catalog number per order. Order must be placed directly with the factory by Siemens Sales Office. Types UL File BQD/CQD E0848, Vol 0, Sec GG E0848, Vol 0, Sec 2 GB E0848, Vol 0, Sec 3 ED2, ED4, IIED4, HED6 E0848, Vol 4, Sec CED6 E0848, Vol 4, Sec 3 FD6, FXD6, HFD6, HFXD6 E0848, Vol 4, Sec CFD6 E0848, Vol 4, Sec 8 JXD2, JD6, JXD6, LXD6, LD6, E0848, Vol 4, Sec 8 HJD6, HJXD6, HLD6, HLXD6 HHJD6, HHJXD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6 E0848, Vol 4, Sec 20 CJD6, CLD6 E0848, Vol 4, Sec 4 MD6, MXD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6, E0848, Vol 4, Sec 5 ND6, NXD6, HND6, HNXD6, CND6 PD6, PXD6, HPD6, HPXD6, CPD6, E0848, Vol 4, Sec 9 RD6, RXD6, HRD6, HRXD6 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -9

92 Internal Accessories General Feature Combinations The available feature combinations are shown in the chart below. For applications requiring combinations of features not listed in this chart, consult the sales office for availability. Modules Avail. On ST/ UVT/ Elect. Per Breaker ST/ ST/ AUX/ UVT/ UVT/ AUX/ AUX/ Bell Ground Grd fault Breakers Breaker Poles ST AUX ALSW ALSW UVT AUX ALSW ALSW AUX ALSW ALSW Alarm fault w/bell QP, BQ, BL a, 2, 3,2 BQD, CQD, GB, GG 2, 3 /,2 / QR, 2 2, 3 / 2 All ED, 2, 3 /,/2 / // /, /2 / //, 2 /, 2/ All FD 2 2, 3 /, 2 / All JD, LD, LMD b 2 2, 3 /, /2, 2 /, /2, 2 SJD6, SHJD6, SCJD6, SLD6, SHLD6, SCLD6 c 3 /, /2, 2 /, /2, 2 All MD, ND, PD, RD Including Electronic 2 2, 3 / /, /2, 2 /, 2/, 2 trip d NC / NO, 2 NC / 2 NO, STD e NC / 3 NO, 4 NC / 4 NO, 5 NC / 5 NO, 6 NC / 6 NO Shunt Trip (ST) One or all critical circuit breakers may be tripped from a distant control point by use of a shunt trip device. A shunt trip operates through an auxiliary switch contact; when the breaker opens, current is not maintained on the shunt trip coil. Undervoltage Trip (UVT) When voltage drops to a value below 35% of the nominal coil rating, the undervoltage trip device automatically opens the breaker. The operation is instantaneous, and the circuit breaker cannot be reclosed until the voltage returns to 85% of line voltage. The undervoltage trip, which is continuously energized, must be energized before the circuit breaker can be closed. Auxiliary Switch (AUX) For applications requiring remote on or off indication (or electrical interlocking), auxiliary switches are available. Each switch comprises an A (open when circuit breaker is open) and a B (closed when circuit breaker is open) contact with a common connection. (Form C) Alarm Switch (ALSW) The alarm switch contact is closed when the circuit breaker is opened automatically by an overload, short circuit, shunt trip or undervoltage trip. The alarm switch contact is open when the circuit breaker is reset. S0FD60 S0FD60 For ED Frames For FD Frames For JD and LD Frames a Factory assembled only b If mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module can be installed in the right pocket. c If mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module can be installed. d If mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module can be installed in the left pocket. e One module per column. -92 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

93 Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Accessories Circuit Breaker Accessories For Use With Breaker Type Number of Poles Standard Package Padlocking Device For locking breaker in OFF position. Note ON position does not affect breaker fuctionally ECPLD Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF2, QE, QT-Duplex, BQ, BQXD P 3 Pieces ECPLDR Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, QT-Duplex, BQ, BQXD P 3 Pieces (Red Color) ECPLD2 Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ, 2P 3 Pieces BQXD ECPLD2R Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ, 2P 3 Pieces BQXD (Red Color) ECPLD3 Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, BQ 3P Piece US2:ECPLD3R Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, BQ (Red Color) 3P Piece ECQLD3 Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD P 0 Pieces ECQLD4 Type QT-Duplex QT-Duplex Breakers 0 Pieces ECQLN MBKA, QN, QNR n/a Piece ECQTH4 Type QP, BL, BQH Designed for (3) P Breakers Piece Handle Tie Provide simultaneous swiching of 2 adjacent handles. ECQTH2 Type QT Duplex Designed for (2) QT Duplex Breakers 25 Pieces ECQTH3 Type QP, BL 2P 50 Pieces Mechanical Interlock ECQML2 Type QP, BL, BQ Interlock Bracket Designed for Breaker 0 Pieces Handle Blocking Device For holding breaker in ON or OFF position. Not a lockout/tagout device ECQL Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD P 0 Pieces ECBX23M Type QT-Duplex /2 Breakers 0 Pieces Main Breaker Retainer ECMBR EQ Load Centers Piece ECMBR2 Ultimate Load Centers Piece Mounting Accessories MB20 Type BQ, BQH Mounting Clips P 20 Pieces FP9508 Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE P 0 Pieces FP9555 Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE 2P 0 Pieces FP9556 Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE 3P 0 Pieces SMB6R Type BQ MOUNTING BRACKET P, 2P, 3P 6 Pieces TCH65K Type BQ MOUNTING ADAPTER 500 Pieces BR2 Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates 2P 0 Pieces BR3 Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates 3P 0 Pieces BR4 Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates 4P 0 Pieces I0204ML25CU Type QP Back Mounting Plates P, 2P 0 Pieces I0303ML300CU Type QP Back Mounting Plates 3P 0 Pieces Replacement Lugs TAQ Type BQ, NGG 00A Al Cu LGS n/a 6 Pieces TCQ Type BQ, NGG 40A Al Cu LUGS n/a 6 Pieces Finger Shield BQFSK Type BQXD Finger Shield (Bulk Pack) n/a 000 Pieces BQFS2 Type BQXD Finger Shield n/a 2 Pieces Filler Plate ECQF3 Filler Plate n/a 5 Pieces For a complete list of standby power mechanical interlock kits, see page -25 For use with Ultimate Load Center Main Breakers Not suitable for use on 5-50A, 0 AIC Type QP Circuit Breakers QP Type includes QPH, HQP BL Type includes BLH, HBL BQ Type includes BQH, HBQ QAF2 Type includes QAFH2, BAF2, BAFH2, QFGA2, QFGAH2, BFGA2, BFGAH2 QPF Type includes QPHF, BLF, BLHF QE Type includes QEH, BLE, BLEH Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -93

94 Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Accessories General Padlocking Device ECPLD ECQLD3 ECPLD2 ECPLDR/2R/3R (Single pole pictured. 2-/3-pole available) ECQLD4 ECQTH4 Handle Tie Handle Blocking Device ECQL ECBX23M ECQTH2 ECQTH3 Main Breaker Retainer Mechanical Interlock ECMBR ECMBR2 ECQML2 Mounting Accessories FP9508 FP9556 MB20 SMB6R I0204ML25 FP Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

95 External Accessories Selection Handle Ties with Padlock Device Provide simultaneous switching of 2 or 3 adjacent handles. Do not provide common trip. For Use With Catalog Standard Wt Lb/ Breaker Frame(s) Number Package Std Pkg BQD, NGB, HGB, LGB BQDHT2 0 2 BQDHT3 0 2 Padlocking Devices For locking breaker in OFF position. All QR HPLQR 4 All BQD, CQD, NGB, HGB, LGB BQDPLD 0 8 NGG, HGG, LGG HPLG 0 4 EB, - thru 3-pole HPLEB 0 8 EG, 3- and 4-pole only HPLE 0 4 FD Padlocking Device FD6PLI All ED ED2HPL 0 4 All FD FD6PL 0 4 All JD, LD, LMD JD6HPL 0 4 All MD, ND, PD, RD MN6PLD 0 4 Handle Blocking Devices For holding breaker in ON or OFF position. Not a lockout/tagout device. All QR HBLQR All BQD, CQD, GG, GB BQDHBD 0 4 EG HBDE 0 4 All ED E2HBL 0 4 All FD FD6HB 0 2 All JD, LD, LMD JD6HBL 0 2 All MD, ND, PD, RD MN6BL 0 2 FD Handle Blocking Device FD6HB Handle Extensions For replacement. One extension shipped with breaker. All MD, ND, PD, RD EX 0 2 Terminal Shields Breaker Type Poles Catalog Number Standard Package NGG 3 TSSG3A TSSG6 HGG, LGG 2 TSSG62 3 TSSG63 Handle Extension EX n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. a Sold only in standard package quantities. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -95

96 External Accessories Selection Face Mounting Plates For Use With Number Catalog Standard Wt Lb/ Breaker Frame(s) of Poles Number Package Std Pkg CQDFMB 4 CQD, CQD6 2 CQDFMB2n 4 3 CQDFMB3n 4 FMPG 4 NGG, HGG, LGG 2 FMPG2 4 3 FMPG3 4 Back Mounting Plates ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HED6 E2BMB 4 Mounting Screw Kits Mounting Screw Kit MSE6 CQD, CQD6 CQDSMK a 4 NGG, HGG, LGG MSKG4 a 4 All QR MSQR3 5 All ED (CED6 requires 2 kits) MSE6 a 4 MSE600 b 00 f All FD (CFD6 requires 2 kits) MSF6 a 4 MSF650 c 50 f All EG -pole MSKE All EG 2-pole MSKE2 All EG 3 or 4-pole MSKE4 All JD, LD MSJ6 a 4 All LMD MSLMD 4 All MD, ND, MSMN All PD, RD MSPR6 2 4 Mechanical Interlock MI5444 MI Mechanical Interlocks For Use With Panel g Plug-in Standard Wt Lb Breaker Type(s) Mounted Mounted Package Std Pkg All EG (Sliding Bar) HSBE All QR (Sliding Bar) SBMIQR 2 All FD MI5444 MI5444 All JD, LD MI543 d All LMD MI5406 d n All MD MI5404 e n 3 All ND MI5404 e n 3 All PD, RD MI5405 e s n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. a Kit consists of 4 screws and washers. b Consists of screw and washers (order 00). c Consists of screw and washers (order 50). d With mechanical interlock in place, no accessory can be installed into circuit breaker right pole. e Addition of the mechanical interlock will prevent accessory installation in the left pole. f Sold only in standard package quantities. Multiply List Price Each times package quantity for full price. g Mechanical interlock is not designed for use within Siemens panelboards. -96 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

97 External Accessories Selection Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles Types, 3, 3R, 2, 4 4X For Use With Breaker Frames Complete Mechanism Standard Depth Variable Depth Handle Only Catalog Number Breaker Operator Catalog Number Shaft Only Length (inches) Catalog Number EG RHVE64X RHVE24X ED a CRHOESD CRHOEVD RHOEBO 2 RHOSSD FD CRHOFSD CRHOFVD CRHOH c RHOFBO 2 RHOSVD JD, LD CRHOJSD CRHOJVD RHOJBO 6 RHOSXD LMD CRHOLMSD CRHOLMVD RHOLMBO 3 RHONSSDs MD, ND RHONSD RHONVD RHOH c RHONBO d 2 RHONSVD PD, RD 24 RHONSXD RHOH Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles Types & 2 For Use With Standard Depth Variable Depth Handle and Shaft Breaker Operator Breaker Frames CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG RHOCQVD RHOH62 e CQDOP ED DCEU DCEU2 FD DCFUs DCFU2 JD, LD DCJU2 For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG red emergency handle, order assembly RHOCQVDE (includes handle and operator).s For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG in a NEMA 3R enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH handle and RHOSVD shaft. For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG in a NEMA 4 or 4X enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH4 handle and RHOSVD shaft. CRHOH Through Door Mounted Operating Handles b Types & 2 For Use With Standard Depth Variable Depth Breaker Frames CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG FMHOS EG (3 & 4-Pole only) RHFESD EG (red handle) RHFESDEM ED E2RH E2RHV9 FD F6RH F6RHV9 DCEU2 Door Latch Kits Type Right Hand Left Hand 2 point latch DKR2 DKL2n 3 point latch DKR3 DKL3n Standard Depth F6RH Rotary Handle RHOCQVD Variable Depth F6RHV9 n Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. a For use on 3-pole ED frame only. b Meets the requirements of NFPA 9, section for locking external operator disconnecting devices. c For 3 or 3R, order shaft and breaker operator as shown, and handle RHOH. For 4 & 4X, order handle RHOH4. Consult sales office for additional EG operator shaft lengths. d For extended shaft support order catalog number RHONSB2. e Length of shaft is 300mm (.8 inches). Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -9

98 External Accessories Selection Max-Flex, Flange Mounted Variable Depth Operators c Frames GG EG ED FD JD, LD, SJD, SLD LMD MD, ND, PD, RD, SMD, SND, SPD NEMA Type, 3 (R), 2 Complete Kit Catalog Number MFKG3R3 Handle Only Catalog Number MFHG3R 4 (x) MFKG4X3 MFHG4X, 3 (R), 2 MFKE3 d 4 (x) MFKE4X3, 3 (R), 2 FHOE036 a FHOH 4 (x) FHOH4, 3 (R), 2 FHOF036 FHOH 4 (x) FHOH4, 3 (R), 2 FHOJ036 FHOH 4 (x) FHOH4, 3 (R), 2 FHOLM036 FHOH 4 (x) FHOH4, 3 (R), 2 FHON048 FHOHN 4 (x) FHOHN4 Breaker Operator MFMG FHOEBO a FHOFBO FHOJBO FHOLMBO FHONBO 36" Cable MFCF036 FHOEC036 FHOFC036 FHOJC036 FHOJC036 FHONC048 b Max-Flex handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary red for on flange handle. These are preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the letter i to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI). FHOH FHOFBO Alternate Length Cable Only ED FD JD/LD/LMD MD/ND/PD/RD Inches 048 FHOEC048 FHOFC048 FHOJC048 FHONC FHOEC060 FHOFC060 FHOJC060 FHONC FHOEC02 FHOFC02 FHOJC02 FHONC02 96 FHOEC096 FHOFC096 FHOJC096 FHONC FHOEC20s FHOFC20 FHOJC20s FHONC20s 44 FHOEC44s FHOFC44s FHOJC44s FHONC44s FHOFC036 Handle Auxiliary Switch For use with Max-Flex and Rotary Door operators (FHOH and RHOH). NO and NC contact (Form C). For Use With ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, ND, PD, RD, SD, Max Flex HAS FDFBFR Fixed Depth Flange Mounting Minimum Left Hand Mount Right Hand Mount Enclosure NEMA Frames Depth Type ED 6.44 FD 6.44, 3R, 2 FDFBELs FDFBERs 4, 4X FDFBEL4s FDFBER4s, 3R, 2 FDFBFLs FDFBFRs 4, 4X FDFBFL4s FDFBFR4s Max-Flex handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary Red for On flange handle. These are preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the letter i to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI). s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. a For - or 2-pole breaker order FHOED036 complete kit or FHOEDBO breaker operator only. Use MFHM3R handle. b 48 inch cable is standard length for M through R frame Max-Flex operators. c Meets requirements of NFPA 9, section for locking external operator disconnecting devices d Consult sales office for additional cable lengths for EG Flex Shaft Operators. For 3-Pole only. e 3-Pole ED only. -98 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

99 External Accessories Selection/Dimensions Telemand Motor Operator AC Hinged to Open Down Breaker Frame Voltage ED except CED 20 MOE MOE6240s ED motor operator opens downward. Breaker DC Hinged to Open Right AC Hinged to Open Right Frame Voltage Voltage 24 MOF6024DCs 20 MOF620 FD 48 MOF6048DCs 240 MOF MOF625DCs 24 MOJ6024DCs 20 MOJ620 JD, LD 48 MOJ6048DCs 240 MOJ MOJ625DCs 24 MOLMD6024DCs 20 MOLMD620 LMD 48 MOLMD6048DCs 240 MOLMD MOLMD625DCs MD, ND, 20 EMOPL20MN PD, RD 240 EMOPL240MN To order FD through RD motor operators with Left side hinges, add L to catalog number (e.g. MOF620L). List prices are the same.s Telemand Motor Operator FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD Frames Dimensions Frame A B C D E F ED FD JD, LD, LMD MD, ND, PD, RD Operating Currents On Off Catalog In-Rush Running Time In-Rush Running Time Reset Number (Amps) (Amps) (msec) (Amps) (Amps) (msec) (Amps) MOE MOE MOF620/L MOF6240/L MOLMD620/L MOJ620/L MOJ6240/L EMOPL20MN EMOPL240MN Front View Bottom View For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -99

100 External Accessories Selection Plug-In Mounting Assemblies, Including Base and Tulip Assemblies Line Side Load Side Steel Switchboard For Use With Mounting Plate a Breaker Frames Poles b b EG 3 PCBERC3f 4 PCBERC4 f All ED 2 PC263s PC2638s except CED 3 PC265 PC2658 PL266 CED 2 PC263s PC2638s 3 PC265 PC2658 PL26 All FD 2 PC453s PC453s except CFD 3 PC454 PC454 PL462 CFD 2 PC453s PC453s 3 PC454 PC454 PL463 Base All JD 2 PC5s PC5s except CJD 3 PC58 PC58 PL596 Kit CJD, SCJD 3 PCCJD PCCJD PL59 All LD 2 PC5660s PC5660s except CLD 3 PC566 PC566 PL5680 Kit CLD, SCLD 3 PCCLD PCCLD PL59 All MD 2 PC5662s PC5662s 3 PC5663 PC5663 PL9698 All ND 2 PC5664 c s PC5664 c s 3 PC5666 c PC5666 c PL9699 Switchboard Mounting Plate Tulip Assemblies Tulip Assemblies Separately For 2-Pole 3-Pole Frame ED TCE2s TCE3s FD TCF2s TCF3s JD TCJ2s TCJ3s LD TCL2s TCL3s MD TCM2s TCM3s ND TCN2s TCN3s Rear-Connecting Studs For Use Extension With Behind Line Side Load Side Breaker Ampere Breaker Frames Rating Description (inches) d d 00 Line Side (Short) 2.38 RS2643 e s All ED 00 Load Side (Short) 2.38 RS2644 e s 00 Line Side (Long) 4.88 RS264 e s 00 Load Side (Long) 4.88 RS2642 e s All FD 250 Short 3.2 RS456 e s RS456 e s 250 Long.06 RS455 e s RS455 e s All JD 400 Short 5.85 RS54s RS54s 400 Long.20 RS53s RS53s All LD 600 Short 5.85 RS584s RS584s 600 Long.20 RS583s RS583s CJD, SCJD CLD, SCLD Add required shield kit. CLRSJL3 LM(X)D6, 800 Short 5.85 RS588s RS588s HLM(X)D6 Long.20 RS58s RS58s All MD, 200 Short 5.50 RS586s RS586s ND 200 Long 8.00 RS585s RS585s RS456 RS455 Circuit Breaker With Rear-Connecting Studs s Built to order. Allow 6 8 weeks for delivery. a Furnished at no extra charge when ordered with plug-in mounting assembly. b Each piece catalog number consists of () mounting block assembly and required tulip assemblies (2) for 2-pole, (3) for 3-pole c For vertical bus mounting for horizontal, substitute PC5665 for PC5664 and PC566 for PC5666. d Price includes one current stud, insulating tube, stud nuts and terminal shields, when required. e For proper electrical clearance, studs must alternate between short and long stud lengths on circuit breaker poles (e.g. SLSLSL or LSLSLS). f Plug-in assembly for EG breakers include line and load side in one assembly. -00 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

101 Unusual Operating Conditions Revised on /30/ Reference Note: The information provided on this and the next page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several variables can act on a circuit breaker s performance at the same time, the data below is based less on controlled testing, than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment. High Ambient Temperatures Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers are temperature sensitive and calibrated for a specific ambient of 40 C (04 F) (average enclosure temperature), a higher ambient will cause the breaker to trip at lower current than its nameplate rating, in other words, causing the breaker to derate (see Table ). Similarly, the current carrying capacity of a circuit conductor is based upon a certain ambient temperature, a higher ambient will reduce its current carrying capacity, causing it to derate. Thus, with a fluctuating temperature, a thermal-magnetic breaker will derate nearly parallel with its connected circuit conductors and maintain close circuit protection. If the application temperature exceeds 40 C (04 F) and is known, either a breaker specially calibrated for the higher ambient or one oversized according to Table may be selected. In a case such as this, the circuit conductors should be oversized as well. Siemens Sensitrip III and Type SB Encased Systems Breakers are insensitive to temperature changes. However, they do include circuitry to protect the components from abnormally high temperatures. Moisture Corrosion For atmospheres having high moisture content and / or where fungus growth is prevalent, a special preventive treatment may be required. Where the air is heavily laden with corrosive elements, breakers made with special corrosion-resistant finishes may be required. Altitude Reduced air density at altitudes greater than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the ability of a molded case circuit breaker to transfer heat and interrupt faults. Therefore, circuit breakers applied at these altitudes should have interrupting, insulation and continuous currents derated as indicated in Figure. Table Temperature Derating Data for Thermal-Magnetic Breakers Reference Ampere Rating at 40 C (04 F) Altitude in Feet (Meters) Ampere Rating at: 50 C (22 F) 3,000 (4,000) 2,000 (3,65),000 (3,350) 0,000 (3,000) 9,000 (2,50) 8,000 (2,400),000 (2,00) 6,000 (,800) 60 C (40 F) Siemens Breaker Frames BQ, BL, BQD, CQD, GG, GB, ED QR FD JD LD MD ND PD RD Rating Correction Factor Figure Altitude Adjustment Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -0

102 Unusual Operating Conditions 400 Hz Systems a Siemens molded case circuit breakers can be applied for overcurrent protection on 400Hz systems, commonly used to power computer installations, aircraft, military and other specialty equipment. Below are basic guidelines. Circuit Breaker Derating Required This table lists the maximum continuous current carrying capacity for Siemens breakers at 400Hz. Due to the increased resistance of the copper sections resulting from the skin effect produced by eddy currents at these frequencies, circuit breakers in many cases require derating. The thermal derating on these devices is based upon 00%, three phase application in open air in a maximum of 40 C (04 F) with 48 in. (29 mm) of the specified cable or bus at the line and load side. Additional derating of not less than 20% will be required if the circuit breaker is to be utilized in an enclosure. Further derating may be required if the enclosure ambient temperature exceeds 40 C (04 F). Cable and Bus Sizing The cable and bus sizes to be utilized at 400Hz are not based on standard National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz application. Larger cross sections are necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars specified are based upon mounting the bars in the vertical plane to allow maximum air flow. All bus bars are spaced at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm) apart. Mounting of bus bars in the horizontal plane will necessitate additional drafting. Edgewise orientation of the bus may change the maximum ratings indicated. If additional information is required for other connections of cable or bus, contact Siemens for information. Application Recommendations It is recommended that temperatures be measured on the line and load terminals or T-connectors of the center pole. These Reference are usually the hottest terminals with a balanced load. A maximum temperature of 5 C (35 C over a maximum ambient of 40 C) would verify the particular application. Temperature profiles taken on these breakers can be correlated to ensure that the hottest points within the breaker are within the required temperature limits. Factory Configuration When required, molded case circuit breakers may be factory calibrated for 400Hz application. These breakers are specially labeled for 400Hz usage and their nameplate current rating will include the necessary derating factory. The highest Maximum Continuous Amperes rating at 400Hz, found in the table below approximates the highest specially calibrated 400Hz nameplate ampere rating available for a given frame size. Contact Siemens for ordering information on other breakers applied in 400Hz systems. 400Hz Breakers Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating 5 C (6 F) At 40 C (04 F) b Copper Siemens 60HZ 400HZ Cable per Pole Breaker Enclosed No of Wire Type Open Air Open Air c After Derating Pieces Size # # # # # #8 ED2, ED4, ED6, #8 BQD, HED4, #8 HED6, CED6, #6 GG, GB # # # # # # # # #3 QR2, QR2H, HQR2, HQR2H, FD6, FXF6, HFD6, HFXD6, CFD # # # #/ #2/ #3/ #4/ kcmil #3/ #4/0 JXD2, JD6, JXD6, HJD6, kcmil HJXD6, HHJD6, kcmil HHJXD6, CJD kcmil #3/ #3/0 JD6, JXD6, #4/0 HJD6, HJXD kcmil 00% Rated kcmil kcmil #3/0 a The information provided on this page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several variables can act on a circuit breaker s performance at the same time, the data above is based less on controlled testing, than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment. b Additional derating may be required if the ambient Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating 5 C (6 F) At 40 C (04 F) b Copper Siemens 60HZ 400/45HZ Cable per Pole Breaker Enclosed No of Wire Type Open Air Open Air c After Derating Pieces Size kcmil LD6, LXD6, HLD6, HLXD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6, CLD6 LD6, LXD6, HLD6, HLXD6, 00% Rated MD6, MXD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6 MD6, MXD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6 00% Rated ND6, NXD6 HND6, HNXD6, CND6 ND6, NXD6 HND6, HNXD6, CND6 00% Rated PD6, PXD6, HPD6, HPXD6, CPD6, PD6, PXD6, HPD6, HPXD6, CPD6 00% Rated RD6, RXD6, HRD6, HRXD6 80% Rated kcmil kcmil #3/ #4/ kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil #3/ #4/ kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil temperature is greater than 40 C (04 F). c Calculated after derating to compensate for the heating of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect generated by eddy currents produced at 400/45HZ. -02 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

103 VL Circuit Breakers Technical Overview Technical Frame Summary and Ratings Table Frame Family DG FG JG Continuous Ampere Range 30 to 50A 40 to 250A 0 to 400A Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 Maximum Voltage Rating 600Y/34 600Y/34 600V Type of Protection Thermal-Magnetic u u u Electronic u u u Electronic with LCD u u u Motor Circuit Protector u u u Molded Case Switch u u u 00% Rated Breaker ETU only u Interchangeable Trip Unit u W In.(mm) 4. (05) 5.5 (39) h.3 (5) (29) D 3.4 (8) 4.2 (02) D 4.2 (0) 5.4 (38) Type N Normal Interrupting Rating a, RMS Symmetrical Amperes (ka) 240Vac UL 480Vac Vac Vac 65/65 65/65 65/65 IEC 45Vac 40/40 40/40 45/45 (l CU /l CS ) 690Vac 2/6 2/6 2/6 DC Voltages Interrupting Rating (ka) d 250Vdc - 2p Vdc - 3p c Type H High Interrupting Rating a, RMS Symmetrical Amperes (ka) 240Vac UL 480Vac Vac Vac 00/5 00/5 00/5 IEC 45Vac 0/0 0/0 0/0 (l CU /l CS ) 690Vac 2/6 2/6 5/8 DC Voltages Interrupting Rating (ka) d 250Vdc - 2p Vdc - 3p c Vdc - 3p Type L Very High Interrupting Rating a, RMS Symmetrical Amperes (ka) 240Vac UL 480Vac Vac Vac 200/50 200/50 200/50 IEC 45Vac 00/5 00/5 00/5 (l CU /l CS ) 690Vac 2/6 2/6 5/8 DC Voltages Interrupting Rating (ka) d 250Vdc - 2p Vdc - 3p c a UL does not recognize AIC ratings for Molded Case Switches or Motor Circuit Protectors. b For 600 VDC breakers see page -36. c 500Vdc nominal, 600Vdc max. for ungrounded DC UPS systems. d DC Interruption Ratings do not apply to electronic trip circuit breakers. DG & FG breakers are 600Y/34V. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -03

104 VL Circuit Breakers Technical Overview Technical Frame Summary and Ratings Table Continued Frame Family LG MG NG PG Continuous Ampere Range 50 to 600A 200 to 800A 300 to 200A 400 to 600A Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 Maximum Voltage Rating 600V 600V 600V 600V Type of Protection Thermal-Magnetic u u u u Electronic u u u u Electronic with LCD u u u u Motor Circuit Protector u u u Molded Case Switch u u u u 00% Rated 400/500 Amp u u u Interchangeable Trip Unit u u u W In.(mm) 5.5 (39).5 (90) 9 (229) h (29) 6 (406) 6 (406) D 4.2 (02) 4. (4) 6.2 (5) D 5.4 (38) 5.9 (5) 8. (20) Type N Normal Interrupting Rating a, RMS Symmetrical Amperes (ka) 240Vac UL 480Vac Vac Vac 65/65 65/65 65/65 65/65 IEC 45Vac 45/45 50/50 50/25 50/25 (l CU /l CS ) 690Vac 2/6 20/0 20/0 20/0 DC Voltages Interrupting Rating (ka) d 250Vdc - 2p Vdc - 3p c Type H High Interrupting Rating a, RMS Symmetrical Amperes (ka) 240Vac UL 480Vac Vac Vac 00/5 00/5 00/5 00/50 IEC 45Vac 0/0 0/0 0/35 0/35 (l CU /l CS ) 690Vac 5/8 30/5 30/5 30/5 DC Voltages Interrupting Rating (ka) d 250Vdc - 2p Vdc - 3p c Vdc - 3p e Type L Very High Interrupting Rating a, RMS Symmetrical Amperes (ka) 240Vac UL 480Vac Vac Vac 200/50 200/50 200/50 200/50 IEC 45Vac 00/5 00/5 00/5 00/5 (l CU /l CS ) 690Vac 5/8 35/ 35/ 35/ DC Voltages Interrupting Rating (ka) d 250Vdc - 2p Vdc - 3p c a UL does not recognize AIC ratings for Molded Case Switches or Motor Circuit Protectors. b 25kA available in a special version. Standard breakers rated 8kA. See page -20. c 500Vdc nominal, 600Vdc max. for ungrounded DC UPS systems. d DC Interruption Ratings do not apply to electronic trip circuit breakers. e For 600 VDC breakers see page -36. Thermal-magnetic available non-interchangeable only. 3.6 with extended shields. -04 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

105 VL Circuit Breakers Trip Unit Overview Selection The interchangeability of the VL circuit breaker trip units allow for easy conversion from any of 3 types of protection. They are thermal-magnetic, electronic, or electronic with a built-in LCD. The thermal-magnetic trip unit features an adjustable magnetic trip setting. The electronic trip units are microprocessor based true RMS sensing devices and are available with a variety of adjustable trip settings, configurations, and information menus. With precise control over the circuit beaker functions and access to system status, diagnostics, and information, these trip units allow for unsurpassed flexibility in circuit coordination. An example of coordination is the out of the box Ground Fault function on the Model 555 trip units. The pick-up and time delay settings are set at the factory for each frame and do not overlap with the settings on the other frames. Therefore, when VL breakers are used together in a system the GF protection is automatically coordinated. The user also has the ability to program a custom coordination scheme with adjustable settings on both the 555 and 586 trip units. VL Trip Units Trip Unit Functions Continuous Amps Rating (I r ) This setting is the continuous current that the breaker will carry without tripping. It can be set up to 00% of the trip unit s nominal rating (I n ). Long Time Delay (t r ) Sometimes referred to as the overload position, this function controls the breaker s pause-in-tripping time. It allows low level, temporary inrush currents such as those encountered when starting a motor to pass without tripping. The time delay begins when the current reaches 6 x I r. Instantaneous Pick-up (I i ) This function sets the breaker to trip instantaneously during high fault conditions. This function may be turned off on Model 586 trip units. Turning this function off will enable an instantaneous trip Model 525 Model 555 Model 586 Thermalmagnetic Electronic LI Electronic LIG Electronic LSI Electronic LSIG override function to ensure self protection of circuit breaker. Short Time Pick-Up (l sd ) This function controls the level of fault current the breaker will carry for a short time without tripping, thus allowing downstream devices to clear short circuits ahead of up-stream protection. It may be defeated (turned-off) on Model 586 trip units. Short Time Delay (t sd ) This controls the interval of time the breaker will remain closed against a fault (at the Short Time Pick-up current level) without tripping. The time delay may be set at fixed points or at short time intervals based on l 2 t curves. This function is used with the Short Time Pick-up to achieve selectivity and better system coordination. Electronic with LCD LSI Electronic with LCD LSIG Electronic with LCD LSI + G alarm only Continuous Current Setting (I r ) Fixed u u u u u u u Long Time Delay (t r ) h u u u u u u u Instantaneous Function l l l l l (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) Instantaneous Pickup (I i ) u u u u u u u u Short Time Function h h h l l (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) Short Time Pick-up (I sd ) h h h u u u u u Short Time Delay (t sd ) h h h u u u u u Ground Fault Pick-up (I g ) h h u h u h u h Ground Fault Delay (t g ) h h u h u h u h Ground Fault Alarm Pick-up h h h h h h u u Ground Fault Alarm Delay h h h h h h u u Alarm & Status Indicator h l l l l l l l Built-in Display (LCD) h h h h h l l l Pre-Trip Alarm a h l l l l l l l Last Trip Information h l a l a l a l a l l l Zone Selective a h l l l l l l l Communications a h l l l l l l l u Adjustable setting l This feature is included h Feature is not included. a Requires a COMPRO20 or COMMOD2 module in a communication system. Ground Fault Pick-Up (I g ) This setting controls the level of ground fault current that will cause the breaker to trip. Model 555 Electronic Trip Units act on the residual current to sense ground current. The Model 586 Electronic Trip Unit is programmable and allows the user to select either the residual current method or direct detection (via a separate current transformer) to detect ground current. Ground Fault Time Delay (t g ) This controls the interval of time the breaker will remain closed after a ground fault is detected (at the Ground Fault Pick-up current level) without tripping. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -05

106 VL Circuit Breakers General Information Selection Thermal-Magnetic trip units, Model 525, combine the inverse time element design for low level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic action for short circuit protection. The standard unit has preset overload protection and an adjustable instantaneous trip setting, with 6 set points. Thermal-Magnetic trip units are available throughout the VL family, from 50 to 600A. Electronic Trip Units Electronic trip units are available through the VL family, from 60A (which can be set as low as 30A) up through 600A. They are also available in four trip configurations (LI, LIG, LSI, LSIG) and features can include a built-in LCD display. On the Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit a flashing LED confirms that the microprocessor is in operating and another indicates an overload condition. For ease-of-use and to insure proper coordination, the set points for the continuous current are shown on the face of these trip units in amps. On the Model 586, the LCD version, the current in each phase is continuously shown on the display. Unlike many displays, no secondary or auxiliary voltage is required as long as the breaker is energized and a minimal load current is present. These trip units can also indicate the last trip status (date, time, amps) when they re connected to a PC via one of our communications modules. Without being connected via a communication module, the last trip status can be viewed on Model 586 trip units (no time stamp). Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit with LSIG trip functions Model 586 Electronic Trip Unit has an LCD display -06 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

107 VL Circuit Breakers DG 50A Frame, VL Series Selection Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker A complete factory assembled DG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are only available with standard connectors. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications. For special applications, refer to page -56. Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. For 00% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to W. Available in electronic and electronic with LCD only. HACR rated. Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Class Breaker Type Connectors for 5 C Wire RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 600Y 220/ / / Ampere Wire No. of cables Construction Rating Range per connector Steel #8 /0 Cu 3TWDG20 b Aluminum #6 3/0 Al/Cu 3TADG30 Copper #6 3/0 Cu 3TCDG30 b Distribution Lugs #4 #2 Al/Cu (3pcs. Max) 3 3TA3DG02 b #4 #4 Cu, #4 #6 Al 6 3TA6DG04 b Compression Lugs #4 2/0 kcmil Al/Cu 2CLD20 c #4 2/0 kcmil Al/Cu 3CLD20 b a Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. b Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. c 2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers. d Required for 00% rated DG breakers. Requires 90 C Cu cable sized at 5 C ampacity ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS N NDGB H HDGB L LDGB Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D 2, 3 4. (05) 6.9 (5) 3.4 (8) 4.2(0) Approx. Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker 2, 3 3. (.) 2.2 (.0) 2.6 (.2) 5.9 (2.) DG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range. External Accessories pages -3 through -5 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -0

108 VL Circuit Breakers DG 50A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection I i AMPS I n =50A 40? C TM ~ TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525 Type / Tipo CDT3 Cat. No. - CDT3B50 Model 525 Trip Unit DG 50A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class 50 NDK2B050L HDK2B050L LDK2B050L 60 NDK2B060L HDK2B060L LDK2B060L 0 NDK2B00L HDK2B00L LDK2B00L 80 NDK2B080L HDK2B080L LDK2B080L 90 NDK2B090L HDK2B090L LDK2B090L 00 NDK2B00L HDK2B00L LDK2B00L 0 NDK2B0L HDK2B0L LDK2B0L 25 NDK2B25L HDK2B25L LDK2B25L 50 NDK2B50L HDK2B50L LDK2B50L DG 50A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class 50 NDK3B050L HDK3B050L LDK3B050L 60 NDK3B060L HDK3B060L LDK3B060L 0 NDK3B00L HDK3B00L LDK3B00L 80 NDK3B080L HDK3B080L LDK3B080L 90 NDK3B090L HDK3B090L LDK3B090L 00 NDK3B00L HDK3B00L LDK3B00L 0 NDK3B0L HDK3B0L LDK3B0L 25 NDK3B25L HDK3B25L LDK3B25L 50 NDK3B50L HDK3B50L LDK3B50L -08 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

109 VL Circuit Breakers DG 50A Electronic Trip Units Selection Model 555 Trip Units DG 50A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit a COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class ELECTRONIC LI TRIP 60 NDK3R060L HDK3R060L LDK3R060L 00 NDK3R00L HDK3R00L LDK3R00L 50 NDK3R50L HDK3R50L LDK3R50L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 60 NDK3T060L HDK3T060L LDK3T060L 00 NDK3T00L HDK3T00L LDK3T00L 50 NDK3T50L HDK3T50L LDK3T50L ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 60 NDK3V060L HDK3V060L LDK3V060L 00 NDK3V00L HDK3V00L LDK3V00L 50 NDK3V50L HDK3V50L LDK3V50L ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 60 NDK3W060L HDK3W060L LDK3W060L 00 NDK3W00L HDK3W00L LDK3W00L 50 NDK3W50L HDK3W50L LDK3W50L DG 50A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit a COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER Model 586 Trip Unit Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 60 NDK3A060L HDK3A060L LDK3A060L 00 NDK3A00L HDK3A00L LDK3A00L 50 NDK3A50L HDK3A50L LDK3A50L LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 60 NDK3G060L HDK3G060L LDK3G060L 00 NDK3G00L HDK3G00L LDK3G00L 50 NDK3G50L HDK3G50L LDK3G50L LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY 60 NDK3K060L HDK3K060L LDK3K060L 00 NDK3K00L HDK3K00L LDK3K00L 50 NDK3K50L HDK3K50L LDK3K50L a Due to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the left accessory pocket is not available for accessories. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -09

110 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for DG 50A and FG 250A Frames Selection Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket a Alarm Switch A/B c Left, Right b ASKL Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 2 Aux. Switches A + B Left, Right ASKL2 Bases AMBL 2 Aux. + Alarm Switch A + B, A/B c Left, Right b ASKL3 Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBL 2 Aux. + Alarm Switch Left Pocket Only AMBL2 2 Aux. + Alarm Switch Right Pocket Only AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG - PG Frames Description Normally Open Contact (A) ASWPA Normally Closed Contact (B) ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket 24 VDC STRLB24DC VDC STRLC60DC 0-2 VDC STRLD25DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRLE250DC VAC STRLM VAC STRLN VAC STRLS VAC STRLV600 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket 2 VDC UVRLA2DC 24 VDC UVRLB24DC 48 VDC UVRLC48DC 60 VDC UVRLG60DC 0-2 VDC UVRLD25DC VDC UVRLE250DC 24 VAC Right Pocket Only UVRLL VAC UVRLN VAC UVRLR VAC UVRLP208 2 VAC UVRLS VAC UVRLT VAC UVRLU480 UVRLN20 a Refer to the Accessory Locations chart on page -52 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. b These kits include two bases, one for mounting switches in the left pocket and another for mounting in the right. c Includes A and B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). External Accessories pages -3 through -5-0 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

111 VL Circuit Breakers FG 250A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker A complete factory assembled FG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications. For special applications, refer to page -56. Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. HACR rated. Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Breaker 600Y/ 220/ / Type ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS NFG HFG LFG Connectors for 5 C Wire Ampere Wire No. of cables Catalog Construction Rating Range per connector Number Steel #4 350 kcmil Cu 3TWFG350 Aluminum #4 350 kcmil Al/Cu 3TAWFG350 Copper #4 350 kcmil Cu 3TCWFG350 Distribution Lugs #2 2/0 Cu/Al 3 3TA3FG #4 #4 Cu/Al 6 3TA6FG04 Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. 2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers. 3 Lugs for 3-pole breakers. FG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range. Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D 2, 3 4. (05) 6.9 (5) 3.4 (8) 4.2 (0) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker 2, (.8) 2.2 (.0) 2.6 (.2) 6.2 (2.8) External Accessories pages -3 through -5 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -

112 VL Circuit Breakers FG 250A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection I i AMPS I n =250A 40? C TM ~ TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525 Type / Tipo CFT3 Cat. No. - CFT3B250 Model 525 Trip Unit FG 250A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class 00 NFK2B00L HFK2B00L LFK2B00L 0 NFK2B0L HFK2B0L LFK2B0L 25 NFK2B25L HFK2B25L LFK2B25L 50 NFK2B50L HFK2B50L LFK2B50L 5 NFK2B5L HFK2B5L LFK2B5L 200 NFK2B200L HFK2B200L LFK2B200L 225 NFK2B225L HFK2B225L LFK2B225L 250 NFK2B250L HFK2B250L LFK2B250L FG 250A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 0 Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class 00 NFK3B00L HFK3B00L LFK3B00L 0 NFK3B0L HFK3B0L LFK3B0L 25 NFK3B25L HFK3B25L LFK3B25L 50 NFK3B50L HFK3B50L LFK3B50L 5 NFK3B5L HFK3B5L LFK3B5L 200 NFK3B200L HFK3B200L LFK3B200L 225 NFK3B225L HFK3B225L LFK3B225L 250 NFK3B250L HFK3B250L LFK3B250L -2 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

113 VL Circuit Breakers FG 250A Electronic Trip Units Selection Model 555 Trip Units FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit a COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class ELECTRONIC LI TRIP 00 NFK3R00L HFK3R00L LFK3R00L 50 NFK3R50L HFK3R50L LFK3R50L 250 NFK3R250L HFK3R250L LFK3R250L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 00 NFK3T00L HFK3T00L LFK3T00L 50 NFK3T50L HFK3T50L LFK3T50L 250 NFK3T250L HFK3T250L LFK3T250L ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 00 NFK3V00L HFK3V00L LFK3V00L 50 NFK3V50L HFK3V50L LFK3V50L 250 NFK3V250L HFK3V250L LFK3V250L ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 00 NFK3W00L HFK3W00L LFK3W00L 50 NFK3W50L HFK3W50L LFK3W50L 250 NFK3W250L HFK3W250L LFK3W250L FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit a COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER Model 586 Trip Unit Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 00 NFK3A00L HFK3A00L LFK3A00L 50 NFK3A50L HFK3A50L LFK3A50L 250 NFK3A250L HFK3A250L LFK3A250L LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 00 NFK3G00L HFK3G00L LFK3G00L 50 NFK3G50L HFK3G50L LFK3G50L 250 NFK3G250L HFK3G250L LFK3G250L LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY 00 NFK3K00L HFK3K00L LFK3K00L 50 NFK3K50L HFK3K50L LFK3K50L 250 NFK3K250L HFK3K250L LFK3K250L a Due to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the left accessory pocket is not available for accessories. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -3

114 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for DG 50A and FG 250A Frames Selection Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket a Alarm Switch A/B c Left, Right b ASKL Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 2 Aux. Switches A + B Left, Right ASKL2 Bases AMBL 2 Aux. + Alarm Switches A + B, A/B c Left, Right b ASKL3 Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBL 2 Aux. + Alarm Switch Left Pocket Only AMBL2 2 Aux. + Alarm Switch Right Pocket Only AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG - PG Frames Description Normally Open Contact (A) ASWPA Normally Closed Contact (B) ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket 24 VDC STRLB24DC VDC STRLC60DC 0-2 VDC STRLD25DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRLE250DC VAC STRLM VAC STRLN VAC STRLS VAC STRLV600 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket 2 VDC UVRLA2DC 24 VDC UVRLB24DC 48 VDC UVRLC48DC 60 VDC UVRLG60DC 0-2 VDC UVRLD25DC VDC UVRLE250DC 24 VAC Right Pocket Only UVRLL VAC UVRLN VAC UVRLR VAC UVRLP208 2 VAC UVRLS VAC UVRLT VAC UVRLU480 UVRLN20 a Refer to the Accessory Locations chart on page -52 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. b These kits include two bases, one for mounting switches in the left pocket and another for mounting in the right. c Includes A and B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). External Accessories pages -3 through -5-4 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

115 VL Circuit Breakers JG 400A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker A complete factory assembled JG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to X for standard breakers. For 00% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd character of the catalog number to Y (3-pole only). For special applications, refer to page -56. Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. Dimensions, inches (mm) HACR rated. Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D 2, (39) (29) 4.2 (02) 5.4 (38) Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Class Breaker Type RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 AIR (File E0848) IEC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 220/ / ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS N NJGA H HJGA L LJGA Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker 2, (4.2) 4.0 (.8) 4.0 (.8) 2.6 (5.) Connectors for 5 C Wire Ampere Wire No. of cables Construction Rating Range per connector Steel /0 600 kcmil Cu 3TWJG600 b Aluminum /0 250 kcmil Al/Cu 2 3TA2JG250 ab Aluminum kcmil Al 3TAJG50 b Aluminum /0 600 kcmil Cu 3TAJG50 b Copper /0 600 kcmil Cu TCJG50 Copper /0 250 kcmil Cu 2 TC2JG250 Distribution Lugs #4 4 Cu 2 3TA2JG04 b #4 2/0 Al/Cu 6 3TA6JG20 b Compression Lugs #6 350 kcmil 3CLJ350 b kcmil 3CLJ600 b a Standard construction supplied for each breaker. b Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. c Required for 00% rated JG breakers. Requires 90 C Cu cable sized at 5 C ampacity. JG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range. External Accessories pages -3 through -5 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -5

116 VL Circuit Breakers JG 400A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection JG 400A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Model 525 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NJG2F400 HJG2F400 LJG2F400 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 250 NJG2B250L HJG2B250L LJG2B250L CJT2B NJG2B300L HJG2B300L LJG2B300L CJT2B NJG2B350L HJG2B350L LJG2B350L CJT2B NJG2B400L HJG2B400L LJG2B400L CJT2B400 JG 400A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NJG3F400 HJG3F400 LJG3F400 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 250 NJG3B250L HJG3B250L LJG3B250L CJT3B NJG3B300L HJG3B300L LJG3B300L CJT3B NJG3B350L HJG3B350L LJG3B350L CJT3B NJG3B400L HJG3B400L LJG3B400L CJT3B400 JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 2-pole with Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Continuous Ampere Rating COMPLETE BREAKER 250 NJJ2B NJJ2B NJJ2B NJJ2B400 JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 3-pole with Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class COMPLETE BREAKER 250 NJJ3B NJJ3B NJJ3B NJJ3B400 Terminal connectors must be ordered separately. Breaker Type NJJA. -6 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

117 VL Circuit Breakers JG 400A Electronic Trip Units Selection Model 555 Trip Units JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NJG3F400 HJG3F400 LJG3F400 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LI TRIP 250 NJG3R250L HJG3R250L LJG3R250L CJT3R NJG3R400L HJG3R400L LJG3R400L CJT3R400 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 250 NJG3T250L HJG3T250L LJG3T250L CJT3T NJG3T400L HJG3T400L LJG3T400L CJT3T400 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 250 NJG3V250L HJG3V250L LJG3V250L CJT3V NJG3V400L HJG3V400L LJG3V400L CJT3V400 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 250 NJG3W250L HJG3W250L LJG3W250L CJT3W NJG3W400L HJG3W400L LJG3W400L CJT3W400 JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit Model 586 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NJG3F400 HJG3F400 LJG3F400 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 250 NJG3A250L HJG3A250L LJG3A250L CJT3A NJG3A400L HJG3A400L LJG3A400L CJT3A400 LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 250 NJG3G250L HJG3G250L LJG3G250L CJT3G NJG3G400L HJG3G400L LJG3G400L CJT3G400 LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY 250 NJG3K250L HJG3K250L LJG3K250L CJT3K NJG3K400L HJG3K400L LJG3K400L CJT3K400 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -

118 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for JG 400A and LG 600A Frames Selection Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket a Alarm Switch A/B c Left, Right b ASKL Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 2 Aux. Switches A + B Left, Right ASKL2 Bases AMBL 2 Aux. + Alarm Switches A + B, A/B Left, Right b ASKL3 Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBL 2 Aux. + Alarm Switch Left Pocket Only AMBL2 2 Aux. + Alarm Switch Right Pocket Only AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG - PG Frames Description Normally Open Contact (A) ASWPA Normally Closed Contact (B) ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket 24 VDC STRLB24DC VDC STRLC60DC 0-2 VDC STRLD25DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRLE250DC VAC STRLM VAC STRLN VAC STRLS VAC STRLV600 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket 2 VDC UVRLA2DC 24 VDC UVRLB24DC 48 VDC UVRLC48DC 60 VDC UVRLG60DC 0-2 VDC UVRLD25DC VDC UVRLE250DC 24 VAC Right Pocket Only UVRLL VAC UVRLN VAC UVRLR VAC UVRLP208 2 VAC UVRLS VAC UVRLT VAC UVRLU480 UVRLN20 a Refer to the Accessory Locations chart on page -52 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. b Includes A and B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). External Accessories pages -3 through -5-8 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

119 VL Circuit Breakers LG 600A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker A complete factory assembled LG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications. For special applications, refer to page -56. Mounting hardware is included with each breaker. For 00% rated breakers, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to W. Available on 400/500 Amp only (3-pole only). HACR rated. Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Interrupting Breaker 220/ / Class Type ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS N NLGB H HLGB L LLGB Special 600Vac 25kA thermal-magnetic version (Type HLGC) available, see page -20. Connectors for 5 C Wire Ampere Wire No. of cables Construction Rating Range per connector Aluminum #2 600 kcmil Al/Cu 2 (load side) 3TA2LG600LD Aluminum #2 600 kcmil Al/Cu 2 (line side) 3TA2LG600LN Copper #2 600 kcmil Cu 2 (load side) 3TC2LG600LD Copper #2 600 kcmil Cu 2 (line side) 3TC2LG600LN Compression Lugs #6 350 kcmil Al/Cu 6CLL kcmil Al/Cu 3CLL kcmil Al/Cu 6CLL600 Standard construction supplied for each breaker. Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. Kit consists of 6 lugs for Line or Load end. Required for 00% rated LG breakers. Requires 90 C Cu cable sized at 5 C ampacity. LG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings. Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D 2, (39) (29) 4.2 (02) 5.4 (38) Ext. 3.6 Shield (345.5) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker 2, 3.4 (.9) 3.5 (.6) 4.2 (.9) 20.9 (9.5) External Accessories pages -3 through -5 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -9

120 VL Circuit Breakers LG 600A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection LG 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Model 525 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Continuous Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 400 NLK2B400L HLK2B400L LLK2B400L 500 NLK2B500L HLK2B500L LLK2B500L 600 NLK2B600L HLK2B600L LLK2B600L LG 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Continuous Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 400 NLK3B400L HLK3B400L LLK3B400L 500 NLK3B500L HLK3B500L LLK3B500L 600 NLK3B600L HLK3B600L LLK3B600L Type HLGC 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit, 600Vac 25kA only N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Continuous Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 400 HLV2B400L 500 HLV2B500L 600 HLV2B600L Type HLGC 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit, 600Vac 25kA only N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Continuous Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 400 HLV3B400L 500 HLV3B500L 600 HLV3B600L For 00% rated 400A or 500A versions, change the third character of the catalog number to Z. Consult sales office for availability. -20 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

121 VL Circuit Breakers LG 600A Electronic Trip Units Selection LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit Continuous Ampere Rating Model 555 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER ELECTRONIC LI TRIP NLK3R400L NLK3R600L NLK3T400L NLK3T600L NLK3V400L NLK3V600L NLK3W400L NLK3W600L HLK3R400L HLK3R600L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HLK3T400L HLK3T600L ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HLK3V400L HLK3V600L ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP HLK3W400L HLK3W600L LLK3R400L LLK3R600L LLK3T400L LLK3T600L LLK3V400L LLK3V600L LLK3W400L LLK3W600L LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP NLK3A400L NLK3A600L NLK3G400L NLK3G600L NLK3K400L NLK3K600L HLK3A400L HLK3A600L ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HLK3G400L HLK3G600L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY HLK3K400L HLK3K600L Model 586 Trip Unit LLK3A400L LLK3A600L LLK3G400L LLK3G600L LLK3K400L LLK3K600L Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -2

122 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for JG 400A and LG 600A Frames Selection Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket a Alarm Switch A/B c Left, Right b ASKL Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 2 Aux. Switches A + B Left, Right ASKL2 Bases AMBL 2 Aux. + Alarm Switches A + B, A/B Left, Right b ASKL3 Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBL 2 Aux. + Alarm Switch Left Pocket Only AMBL2 2 Aux. + Alarm Switch Right Pocket Only AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG - PG Frames Description Normally Open Contact (A) ASWPA Normally Closed Contact (B) ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket 24 VDC STRLB24DC VDC STRLC60DC 0-2 VDC STRLD25DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRLE250DC VAC STRLM VAC STRLN VAC STRLS VAC STRLV600 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket 2 VDC UVRLA2DC 24 VDC UVRLB24DC 48 VDC UVRLC48DC 60 VDC UVRLG60DC 0-2 VDC UVRLD25DC VDC UVRLE250DC 24 VAC Right Pocket Only UVRLL VAC UVRLN VAC UVRLR VAC UVRLP208 2 VAC UVRLS VAC UVRLT VAC UVRLU480 UVRLN20 a Refer to the Accessory Locations chart on page -52 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. b Includes A and B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). External Accessories pages -3 through Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

123 VL Circuit Breakers MG 800A Frame, VL Series Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker A complete factory assembled MG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to X for standard breakers. For 00% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd character of the catalog number to Y. For special applications, refer to page -56. Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. HACR rated. Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Class Breaker Type RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 220/ / ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS N NMG H HMG L LMG Selection/Dimensions Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D 2, 3.5 (90) 6 (406) 4. (9) 5.9 (5) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Complete Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker 2, (4.2) 4.0 (.8) 35.3 (6.0) Connectors for 5 C Wire Ampere Wire No. of cables Construction Rating Range per connector Aluminum A /0 500 kcmil Al/Cu 3 3TA3MG500 b Aluminum A kcmil Al/Cu 2 3TA2MG50 b Copper A /0 500 kcmil Cu 3 TC3MG500 e Aluminum A #2 600 kcmil Al/Cu 3 3TA3MG600 bd a Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. b Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. c Consists of one terminal. d Includes extended terminal cover. e Required for 00% rated MG breakers. Requires 90 C Cu cable sized at 5 C ampacity. MG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings. External Accessories pages -3 through -5 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -23

124 VL Circuit Breakers MG 800A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection Model 525 Trip Unit MG 800A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NMG2F800 HMG2F800 LMG2F800 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 600 NMG2B600L HMG2B600L LMG2B600L CMT2B NMG2B00L HMG2B00L LMG2B00L CMT2B NMG2B800L HMG2B800L LMG2B800L CMT2B800 MG 800A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NMG3F800 HMG3F800 LMG3F800 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 600 NMG3B600L HMG3B600L LMG3B600L CMT3B NMG3B00L HMG3B00L LMG3B00L CMT3B NMG3B800L HMG3B800L LMG3B800L CMT3B Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

125 VL Circuit Breakers MG 800A Electronic Trip Units Selection Model 555 Trip Units MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NMG3F800 HMG3F800 LMG3F800 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LI TRIP 600 NMG3R600L HMG3R600L LMG3R600L CMT3R NMG3R800L HMG3R800L LMG3R800L CMT3R800 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 600 NMG3T600L HMG3T600L LMG3T600L CMT3T NMG3T800L HMG3T800L LMG3T800L CMT3T800 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 600 NMG3V600L HMG3V600L LMG3V600L CMT3V NMG3V800L HMG3V800L LMG3V800L CMT3V800 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 600 NMG3W600L HMG3W600L LMG3W600L CMT3W NMG3W800L HMG3W800L LMG3W800L CMT3W800 MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit Model 586 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NMG3F800 HMG3F800 LMG3F800 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 600 NMG3A600L HMG3A600L LMG3A600L CMT3A NMG3A800L HMG3A800L LMG3A800L CMT3A800 LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 600 NMG3G600L HMG3G600L LMG3G600L CMT3G NMG3G800L HMG3G800L LMG3G800L CMT3G800 LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY 600 NMG3K600L HMG3K600L LMG3K600L CMT3K NMG3K800L HMG3K800L LMG3K800L CMT3K800 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -25

126 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 200A and PG 600A Frames Selection Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket a 2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches 2A + 2B Left Pocket Only ASKP3 Bases AMBP2 4 Aux. Switches 2A + 2B Left, Right ASKP4 Bases AMBP x4 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBP 2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches Left Pocket Only AMBP2 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG - PG Frames Description Normally Open Contact (A) ASWPA Normally Closed Contact (B) ASWPB x4 Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket 24 VDC STRPB24DC VDC STRPC60DC 0-2 VDC STRPD25DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRPE250DC VAC STRPM VAC STRPN VAC STRPS VAC STRPV600 AMBP2 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket 2 VDC UVRPA2DC 24 VDC UVRPB24DC 48 VDC UVRPC48DC 60 VDC UVRPG60DC 0-2 VDC UVRPD25DC VDC UVRPE250DC 0-2 VAC Right Pocket Only UVRPN VAC UVRPR VAC UVRPP208 2 VAC UVRPS VAC UVRPT VAC UVRPU480 a Refer to the Accessory Locations chart on page -52 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). STRPN20 UVRPN20 External Accessories pages -3 through Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

127 VL Circuit Breakers NG 200A Frame, VL Series Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker with Lugs A complete factory assembled NG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to X for standard breakers. For 00% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd character of the catalog number to Y. For special applications, refer to page -56. Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker. HACR rated. Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Class Breaker Type RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 220/ / ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS N NNG H HNG L LNG Selection/Dimensions Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles W L D D 2, 3 9 (229) 6 (406) 6 (52) 8. (20) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Complete Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker 2, (2.0) 8.8 (4.0) 55. (25.0) Connectors for 5 C Wire Ampere Wire No. of cables Construction Rating Range per connector Aluminum A /0 500 kcmil Al/Cu 4 3TA4NG500 cd Aluminum A kcmil Al/Cu 3 3TA3NG50 d Copper A /0 500 kcmil Cu 4 3TC4NG500 bd Aluminum A /0 500 kcmil Al/Cu 4 3TA4NG500H bd Compression Lugs A /0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 2CLN500 a Total of 2 connectors (4 per phase Line or Load). b For 00% rated NG breakers. Requires 90 C Cu cable sized at 5 C ampacity. c Standard connector provided with complete breakers. d Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. NG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings. External Accessories pages -3 through -5 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -2

128 VL Circuit Breakers NG 200A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection I i AMPS I n= 40 C TM ~ 200A I i AMPS I i AMPS Trip Unit/Disparador Amps Amps Model 525 Trip Unit NG 200A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NNG2F20 HNG2F20 LNG2F20 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 800 NNG2B800L HNG2B800L LNG2B800L CNT2B NNG2B900L HNG2B900L LNG2B900L CNT2B NNG2B00L HNG2B00L LNG2B00L CNT2B NNG2B20L HNG2B20L LNG2B20L CNT2B20 NG 200A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NNG3F20 HNG3F20 LNG3F20 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 800 NNG3B800L HNG3B800L LNG3B800L CNT3B NNG3B900L HNG3B900L LNG3B900L CNT3B NNG3B00L HNG3B00L LNG3B00L CNT3B NNG3B20L HNG3B20L LNG3B20L CNT3B20-28 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

129 VL Circuit Breakers NG 200A Electronic Trip Units Selection Model 555 Trip Units NG 200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NNG3F20 HNG3F20 LNG3F20 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LI TRIP 800 NNG3R800L HNG3R800L LNG3R800L CNT3R NNG3R00L HNG3R00L LNG3R00L CNT3R NNG3R20L HNG3R20L LNG3R20L CNT3R20 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 800 NNG3T800L HNG3T800L LNG3T800L CNT3T NNG3T00L HNG3T00L LNG3T00L CNT3T NNG3T20L HNG3T20L LNG3T20L CNT3T20 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 800 NNG3V800L HNG3V800L LNG3V800L CNT3V NNG3V00L HNG3V00L LNG3V00L CNT3V NNG3V20L HNG3V20L LNG3V20L CNT3V20 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 800 NNG3W800L HNG3W800L LNG3W800L CNT3W NNG3W00L HNG3W00L LNG3W00L CNT3W NNG3W20L HNG3W20L LNG3W20L CNT3W20 NG 200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit Model 586 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NNG3F20 HNG3F20 LNG3F20 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 800 NNG3A800L HNG3A800L LNG3A800L CNT3A NNG3A00L HNG3A00L LNG3A00L CNT3A NNG3A20L HNG3A20L LNG3A20L CNT3A20 LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 800 NNG3G800L HNG3G800L LNG3G800L CNT3G NNG3G00L HNG3G00L LNG3G00L CNT3G NNG3G20L HNG3G20L LNG3G20L CNT3G20 LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY 800 NNG3K800L HNG3K800L LNG3K800L CNT3K NNG3K00L HNG3K00L LNG3K00L CNT3K NNG3K20L HNG3K20L LNG3K20L CNT3K20 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -29

130 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 200A, and PG 600A Frames Selection Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket a 2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches 2A + 2B Left Pocket Only ASKP3 Base AMBP2 4 Aux. Switches 2A + 2B Left, Right ASKP4 Base AMBP x4 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket a Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBP 2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches Left Pocket Only AMBP2 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG-PG Frames Description Normally Open Contact (A) ASWPA Normally Closed Contact (B) ASWPB x4 Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket 24 VDC STRPB24DC VDC STRPC60DC 0-2 VDC STRPD25DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRPE250DC VAC STRPM VAC STRPN VAC STRPS VAC STRPV600 AMBP2 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket 2 VDC UVRPA2DC 24 VDC UVRPB24DC 48 VDC UVRPC48DC 60 VDC UVRPG60DC 0-2 VDC UVRPD25DC VDC UVRPE250DC 0-2 VAC Right Pocket Only UVRPN VAC UVRPR VAC UVRPP208 2 VAC UVRPS VAC UVRPT VAC UVRPU480 a Refer to the Accessory Locations chart on page -52 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). STRPN20 UVRPN20 External Accessories pages -3 through Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

131 VL Circuit Breakers PG 600A Frame, VL Series & Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection/Dimensions Ordering Information A complete factory assembled PG breaker includes the frame and trip unit only. The connectors must be ordered as separate items. PG thermal-magnetic breakers sold as non-interchangeable only. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and connectors as separate items. Connectors require a Breaker Lug Mounting Assembly or Breaker Mounting Base and must be ordered as a seperate item. For DC applications, use Thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. Change the third digit of the catalog number to X for non-interchangeable trip breakers. For 00% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd character of the catalog number to Y. For special applications, refer to page -56. Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker. Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Class Breaker Type Connectors for 5 C Wire Ampere Wire No. of cables Construction Rating Range per phase Aluminum A /0 50 kcmil Al/Cu 6 3TA6PG50 ac Aluminum A kcmil Al/Cu 5 TA5P600 bd Aluminum A kcmil Al/Cu 4 TA4P50 bd Aluminum A kcmil Al/Cu 6 TA6R600 bd Copper A kcmil Cu 5 TC5R600 bde Mounting Arrangement Description Lug Mounting Assembly Breaker Mounting Base (Front Connect) Breaker Mounting Base (Rear Connect) RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC (ETU only) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) LMAP600 MBPG600 MBPG60 220/ / ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS N NPG H HPG L LPG Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles W L D D 2, 3 9 (229) 6 (406) 6 (52) 8. (20) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Complete Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker 2, (2.3) 8.8 (4.0) 69.0 (3.3) PG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range. I i AMPS I n = 600A 40º C TM ~ Trip Unit/Disparador 525 Model 525 Trip Unit I i AMPS Amps I i AMPS Amps PG 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Continuous Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 200 NPX3B20 HPX3B20 LPX3B NPX3B40 HPX3B40 LPX3B NPX3B60 HPX3B60 LPX3B60 a Requires Lug Mounting Assembly LMAP600. b Requires Breaker Mounting Base MBPG600 Kit or MBPG60. c Consists of 3 connectors. d Consists of connector. e Required for 00% rated PG breakers. Requires 90 C cable sized at 5 C ampacity. IEC : ONLY applies to Electronic Trip Units (ETUs). External Accessories pages -3 through -5 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -3

132 VL Circuit Breakers PG 600A Electronic Trip Units Selection PG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit Model 555 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NPG3F60 HPG3F60 LPG3F60 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LI TRIP 200 NPG3R20 HPG3R20 LPG3R20 CPT3R NPG3R60 HPG3R60 LPG3R60 CPT3R60 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 200 NPG3T20 HPG3T20 LPG3T20 CPT3T NPG3T60 HPG3T60 LPG3T60 CPT3T60 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 200 NPG3V20 HPG3V20 LPG3V20 CPT3V NPG3V60 HPG3V60 LPG3V60 CPT3V60 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 200 NPG3W20 HPG3W20 LPG3W20 CPT3W NPG3W60 HPG3W60 LPG3W60 CPT3W60 PG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit Model 586 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class FRAME ONLY Continuous NPG3F60 HPG3F60 LPG3F60 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 200 NPG3A20 HPG3A20 LPG3A20 CPT3A NPG3A60 HPG3A60 LPG3A60 CPT3A60 LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 200 NPG3G20 HPG3G20 LPG3G20 CPT3G NPG3G60 HPG3G60 LPG3G60 CPT3G60 LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY 200 NPG3K20 HPG3K20 LPG3K20 CPT3K NPG3K60 HPG3K60 LPG3K60 CPT3K60-32 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

133 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 200A, and PG 600A Frames Selection Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket a 2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches 2A + 2B Left Pocket Only ASKP3 Base AMBP2 4 Aux. Switches 2A + 2B Left, Right ASKP4 Base AMBP x4 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket a Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBP 2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches Left Pocket Only AMBP2 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG-PG Frames Description Normally Open Contact (A) ASWPA Normally Closed Contact (B) ASWPB x4 Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket 24 VDC STRPB24DC VDC STRPC60DC 0-2 VDC STRPD25DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRPE250DC VAC STRPM VAC STRPN VAC STRPS VAC STRPV600 AMBP2 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket 2 VDC UVRPA2DC 24 VDC UVRPB24DC 48 VDC UVRPC48DC 60 VDC UVRPG60DC 0-2 VDC UVRPD25DC VDC UVRPE250DC 0-2 VAC Right Pocket Only UVRPN VAC UVRPR VAC UVRPP208 2 VAC UVRPS VAC UVRPT VAC UVRPU480 STRPN20 a Refer to the Accessory Locations chart on page -52 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). UVRPN20 External Accessories pages -3 through -5 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -33

134 VL Circuit Breakers Molded Case Switch General Typically a molded case switch is used when a compact load-break switch is needed for disconnect purposes. The VL line of molded case switches from Siemens is made of the same materials and components as the VL circuit breakers but do not provide overcurrent protection. Each molded case switch has a fixed instantaneous selfprotecting trip element which may open the switch under high fault conditions. Application Note Overcurrent protection must be provided by an appropriate overcurrent protective device located upstream from Selection the molded case switch. Also, the short-circuit current rating of the switch is limited to the interrupting rating of the upstream protective device or the ratings in the table below, whichever is less. Ordering Information Each type VL molded case switch accepts the same terminals and accessories as the equivalent VL circuit breakers. All type VL molded case switches are suitable for reverse feed applications. Mounting hardware and standard line and load terminals are included on ratings through 250A. For A ratings, order the lugs separately. All ratings are UL listed and CSA certified. Molded Case Switch Maximum Ampere Rating / Frame 2-Pole 3-Pole Short-Circuit Current Rating Self Protective Instantaneous 240V 480V 600V Override 50A / DG HDR2S50 HDR3S50 00k 65k 20k 2,500A 250A / FG HFR2S250 HFR3S250 00k 65k 20k 3,500A 400A / JG HJS2S400 HJS3S400 00k 65k 25k 4,400A 600A / LG HLR2S600 HLR3S600 00k 65k 8k 5,500A 800A / MG HMS2S800 HMS3S800 00k 65k 35k 6,500A 200A / NG HNS2S20 HNS3S20 00k 65k 35k 2,000A 600A / PG HPS3S60 00k 65k 35k 4,000A Maximum Ampere Rating / Frame 3-Pole Short-Circuit Current Rating Self Protective Instantaneous 240V 480V 600V Override 250A / FG LFR3S k 00k 25k 3,500A 400A / JG LJS3S k 00k 25k 4,400A 600A / LG LLR3S k 00k 8k 5,500A 800A / MG LMS3S k 00k 65k 6,500A 200A / NG LNS3S20 200k 00k 65k 2,000A 600A / PG LPS3S60 200k 00k 65k 4,000A The Short-Circuit Current Rating is the maximum available current of the circuit where the switch is used, when protected by an appropriate overcurrent protective device. -34 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

135 VL Circuit Breakers Motor Circuit Protectors Selection General Protection of Motor Circuits Molded case circuit breakers are used in motor circuits as a disconnecting means and for short-circuit protection. They should be used in conjunction with motor-running, over-current protection devices, and should permit the motor to start without nuisance tripping from motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker should have a continuous current rating of not less than 5% of the motor fullload current. The recommended motor circuit protectors listed have continuous-current ratings of at least 5% of motor full-load currents. The trip setting positions are approximately times motor full-load current. The suggested trip settings may need to be adjusted upward to no higher than 300% of full-load current for non-design E type motors, and no greater than 00% of full-load current for design E motors, to allow for motor startup due to in-rush current. Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter Siemens motor circuit protectors are recommended for use in combination motor starters to provide selective short-circuit protection for the motor branch circuit. The adjustable instantaneous trip feature of the Siemens motor circuit protector provides for a trip setting slightly above the peak motor in-rush current. With this setting, no delay is introduced in opening the circuit when a fault occurs. This circuit breaker has no time-delay trip element. Therefore it must be used in conjunction with, and immediately ahead of, the motor-running overcurrent protection device. Important: The information below does not apply to all motor applications: it is recommended that the user refer to the National Electrical Code (NEC) for specific needs. Table (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter) 3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters) Motor Full Trip Load Amperes Setting (A) a HDP3L50L HDP3M50L b b b 50 HDP3H50L b b b HFP3L250L HFP3M250L HFP3H250L b b 3500 Motor Full Trip Load Amperes Setting (A) a HJM3L HJM3M b HLM3J HLM3Y HMM3M HNM3M ,000 a Motor circuit protectors rated 50A and 250A are supplied with line and load lugs installed. If lugs are required on 400A to 200A motor circuit breakers, order required lugs separately. b These settings are provided for starting currents greater than X but not to exceed X. Full Load Amps ( FLA ) not to exceed ampere rating of MCP. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -35

136 VL Circuit Breakers 600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers Selection General Siemens UL Listed non-interchangeable trip DC Thermal/magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers shown below are for use in grounded & ungrounded general DC circuits and ungrounded battery supply circuits of UPS systems. These breakers are rated at 600Vdc closed circuit and feature rated interruption levels from 42,000 to 65,000 amperes as indicated in the table. This family of circuit breakers is rated from 50 to 600 Amperes. Types HDGD through HPGD circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic over-current function located on the face of the circuit breaker. Contact Siemens for specific magnetic over-current values. To properly use these UL Listed circuit breakers at 600Vdc and the indicated interruption level, it is necessary to connect the terminals of the 3 pole circuit breaker in a series configuration as shown in the diagram below. Types HDGD through HPGD use the same internal and external accessories as the standard DG through PG frames and associated types. Consult the individual frame section for accessory information. Frame Type Continuous Ampere Rating Catalog Number (3-pole) a Short-Circuit Current Rating 600VDC b + 50 HDC3B050 42K 60 HDC3B060 42K 0 HDC3B00 42K 80 HDC3B080 42K DG HDGD 90 HDC3B090 42K 00 HDC3B00 42K 0 HDC3B0 42K 25 HDC3B25 42K LOAD 50 HDC3B50 42K 00 HFC3B00 42K 50 HFC3B50 42K FG HFGD 5 HFC3B5 42K 200 HFC3B200 42K 250 HFC3B250 42K 250 HJC3B250 65K JG HJGD 300 HJC3B300 65K 350 HJC3B350 65K 400 HJC3B400 65K LG MG HLGD HMGD 400 HLC3B400 65K 500 HLC3B500 65K 600 HLC3B600 65K 600 HMC3B600 65K 00 HMC3B00 65K 800 HMC3B800 65K 800 HNC3B800 65K NG HNGD 900 HNC3B900 65K 000 HNC3B00 65K 200 HNC3B20 65K 200 HPC3B20 65K PG HPGD 400 HPC3B40 65K 600 HPC3B60 65K a Terminal connectors must be ordered separately; see page -46. b Standard VL breakers DG - PG feature DC ratings up to 500V for ungrounded UPS applications. Consult the individual frame section for more information. -36 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

137 External Accessories Selection Base for Plug-In or Draw-Out 2 Interphase Barriers 3 Rear Terminals Flat and Round 4 Bus Extensions 5 Terminal Connectors 6 Plug-In Terminal Blades Extended Terminal Shield 8 Standard Terminal Shield 9 Cover Frame for Door Cutout 0 Stored Energy Operator Rotary Handle Operator 2 Variable Depth Rotary Operator 3 Max Flex Operator 4 Circuit Breaker 5 Shunt Trip or Undervoltage Releases 6 Auxiliary/Alarm Switches Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit (525) 8 Electronic Trip Unit (555) 9 Elec. Trip Unit with LCD (586) 20 Communication Module with ZSI 2 Electronic Trip Unit Tester and LCD Power Supply Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -3

138 External Accessories Operating Mechanisms RHFF RHVF2 For DG to FG Frame For JG to LG Frame 50 to 250 A 400 A to 600 A Description Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit Fixed depth and the handle is mounted directly on the circuit breaker. Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks). NEMA, 2 RHFF RHFL Red Handle Version with red knob, yellow indicator plate NEMA, 2 RHFFEM RHFLEM Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit Variable depth, door mounted handle. Includes knob with masking frame, indicator plate, detachable door coupling, 2 shaft, and breaker mounted rotary operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks). NEMA, 2 RHVF2 RHVL2 RHVFBM Auxiliary Switch Kits For Direct or Extended Rotary Handle Operators (RHF and RHV). Form C, Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit a Includes switch with 5 wire For Door-Mounted Operator RHSLA For Through-Door Operator RHSFAF RHSLAF Includes 2 switches with 5 wire For Door-Mounted Operator RHSLA2 For Through-Door Operator RHSFA2F RHSLA2F Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism Breaker mechanism only RHVFBM RHVLBM RHVM3RH RHVMS2 Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only Standard version NEMA, 2 RHVM2H RHVM2H NEMA 3R RHVM3RH RHVM3RH NEMA 4X RHVM4XH RHVM4XH Red Handle version RHVMEMH RHVMEMH NFPA-9 Handle Kit Intermediate handle for NFPA-9 compliance with door-mounted rotary operator RHVF9H RHVM9H Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator 2 inches (50.8mm) RHVMS02 RHVMS02 3 inches (6.2mm) 2 inches (304.8 mm) RHVMS2 RHVMS2 6 inches (406.4 mm) RHVMS6 RHVMS6 24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket RHVMS24 RHVMS24 RHVM2H a During manual operation, Early Break auxiliary switch contacts open before the breaker opens. -38 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

139 For MG Frame For NG to PG Frame 800 A 200 to 600 A Description Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit Fixed depth, breaker mounted. For direct fitting to the circuit breaker. Lockable with up to 3 padlocks. NEMA, 2 Red Handle version with red knob, yellow indicator plate NEMA, 2 Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit Variable depth, door mounted handle. Includes knob with masking frame, indicator plate, detachable door coupling, 2 shaft, and breaker mounted rotary operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks). NEMA, 2 RHVM2 Auxiliary Switch Kits For Direct or Extended Rotary Handle Operators (RHF and RHV). Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit Includes switch with 5 wire For Door-Mounted Operator RHSMA RHSPA For Through-Door Operator Includes 2 switches with 5 wire For Door-Mounted Operator RHSMA2 RHSPA2 For Through-Door Operator Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism Breaker mechanism only RHVMBM RHVPBM Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only Standard version NEMA, 2 RHVM2H RHVP3RH NEMA 3R RHVM3RH RHVP3RH NEMA 4X RHVM4XH RHVP4XH Red Handle version RHVMEMH RHVPEMH NFPA-9 Handle Kit Intermediate handle for NFPA-9 compliance with door-mounted rotary operator RHVM9H RHVP9H Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator 2 inches (50.8mm) RHVMS02 3 inches (6.2mm) RHVPS03 2 inches (304.8 mm) RHVMS2 RHVPS2 6 inches (406.4 mm) RHVMS6 24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket RHVMS24 RHVPS24 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -39

140 External Accessories Operating Mechanisms For DG and FG Frame For JG and LG Frame 50 to 250 A 400 to 600 A Description Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit Adjustable from 8 to 6 Complete kit, includes handle and variable depth operator. NEMA, 3R, 2 FHVF3R FHVL3R NEMA 4X FHVF4X FHVL4X IEC Black Handle NEMA, 3R, 2 FHVF3RB FHVL3RB NEMA 4X FHVF4XB FHVL4XB Max-Flex, Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker operator, and cable. NEMA, 3R, 2 MFKF3R MFKL3R For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36, all others are 48 May be right- or left-hand mounted Handle Only, for Max-Flex Variable Depth NEMA, 3R, 2 Plastic MFHM3R MFHM3R NEMA, 3R, 2 Steel - epoxy coated MFHM3RS MFHM3RS NEMA 4, 4X Steel - chrome plated MFHM4X MFHM4X Solid color (all gray) Plastic a NEMA, 3R, 2 MFHM3RB MFHM3RB Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coated a NEMA, 3R, 2 MFHM3RSB MFHM3RSB Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex MFMF MFML Cable Only, for Max-Flex Variable Depth 36 MFCF036 MFCM MFCF048 MFCM MFCF060 MFCM060 2 MFCF02 MFCM02 84 MFCF084 MFCM MFCF096 MFCM MFCF20 MFCM20 44 MFCF44 MFCM44 Handle Auxiliary Switch Form C (NO - NC), early break b Aux. switch MFSFA MFSLA 2 Aux. switch MFSFA2 MFSLA2 a Max-Flex handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary Red for On flange handle. The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning. b During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens. -40 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

141 For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame 800 A 200 A 600 A Description Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit Adjustable from 8 to 6 Complete kit, includes handle and variable depth operator. NEMA, 3R, 2 NEMA 4X IEC Black Handle NEMA, 3R, 2 NEMA 4X Max-Flex, Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker operator, and cable. NEMA, 3R, 2 MFKM3R MFKP3RS MFKP3RS For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36, all others are 48 May be right- or left-hand mounted Handle Only, for Max-Flex Variable Depth NEMA, 3R, 2 Plastic MFHM3R NEMA, 3R, 2 Steel - epoxy coated MFHM3RS MFHP3RS MFHP3RS NEMA 4, 4X Steel - chrome plated MFHM4X MFHP4X MFHP4X Solid color (all gray) Plastic a NEMA, 3R, 2 MFHM3RB Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coated a NEMA, 3R, 2 MFHM3RSB MFHP3RSB MFHP3RSB Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex MFMM MFMP MFMP Cable Only, for Max-Flex Variable Depth 36 MFCM MFCM048 MFCP048 MFCP MFCM060 MFCP060 MFCP060 2 MFCM02 MFCP02 MFCP02 84 MFCM MFCM096 MFCP096 MFCP MFCM20 MFCP20 MFCP20 44 MFCM44 MFCP44 MFCP44 Handle Auxiliary Switch Form C (NO - NC), early break b Aux. switch MFSPA MFSPA MFSPA 2 Aux. switch MFSPA2 MFSPA2 MFSPA2 a Max-Flex handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary Red for On flange handle. The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning. b During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -4

142 External Accessories Operating Mechanisms Description For DG to FG Frame 50 to 250 A Stored Energy and Motor Operators Lockable with up to 3 padlocks. AC Voltage DC Voltage Stored Energy Type 24 SEAFB SEAFM SEAFY SEAFN SEAFR Cylinder Locks for Field Installation CLKF Plug-In and Draw-Out Bases For DG Frame For FG Frame 50 A 250 A Description Plug-in Mounting Base Assembly Includes base, terminal blade kit, sec. terminal block assembly, base trip interlock, and mounting hardware. Rear Connected 3-pole PCBDRC3 PCBFRC3 Front Connected 3-pole PCBDFC3 PCBFFC3 PCBDRC3 Draw-out Assembly Includes base, position indicator switch, socket, base trip interlock, crank handle, connectors, and necessary shields. Rear Connected 3-pole DCADRC3 DCAFRC3 Front Connected 3-pole DCADFC3 DCAFFC3 (Draw-out assembly includes side plates and all hardware) Hex Wrench for racking draw-out assembly and position indicator DCHP DCHP Position Indicator Switch DCIP DCIP Form C switch to indicate breaker engaged/de-engaged position. a Secondary Terminal Block Assy. PCTF83 PCTF83 Accessory connections for plug-in or draw-out breakers. Pre-wired plug and block with 8 terminal points. b Plug-In Spare Breaker Kit PCXD3 PCXF3 Set of 6 terminal blades, 2 terminal shield, & trip interlock Draw-out Spare Breaker Kit DCXD3 DCXF3 Set of 6 terminal blades, & trip interlock Spare Breaker Trip Interlock PCXFT PCXFT a Up to 2 position indicator switches may be mounted per plug-in or draw-out base. b Up to 2 plugs per breaker (6 terminal points) may be mounted on DG, and FG breakers. Up to 3 plugs per breaker (24 terminal points) may be mounted on JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG breakers. -42 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

143 For JG to LG Frame For MG Frame For NG to PG Frame 400 to 600 A 800 A 200 to 600 A Stored Energy Type Stored Energy Type Motor Operator Type SEALB SEAMB MTRPB SEALM SEAMM MTRPM SEALY SEAMY MTRPY SEALN SEAMN MTRPN SEALR SEAMR MTRPR CLKP CLKP CLKP For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame 400 A 600 A 800 A 200 A 600 A PCBJRC3 PCBLRC3 PCBMRC3 PCBNRC3 PCBJFC3 PCBLFC3 DCAJRC3 DCALRC3 DCAJFC3 DCALFC3 DCHP DCHP DCIP DCIP PCTL83 PCTL83 PCXJ3 PCXL3 DCXJ3 DCXL3 PCXLT PCXLT Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -43

144 External Accessories Connections For DG Frame For FG Frame 50 A 250 A Description Standard 3-Pole Set Round Terminal Front Bus Bar Connections Includes nut keeper plates and shield. Standard (straight) 3-Pole Set FBCD3 FBCF3 Bus Bar Connection Strap Kit Includes 6 - Bus Bars, 6 Nut Keepers & Shields 00% rated applications Rear-Connecting Studs Short length round term. (piece) RTLDSR RTLFSR Long length round term. (piece) RTLDLR RTLFLR 3-Pole round term. kit, 2 short + long SRTDR3 SRTFR3 Short length flat term. (piece) RTLDSF RTLFSF Long length flat term. (piece) RTLDLF RTLFLF 3-Pole flat term. kit, 2 short + long SRTDF3 SRTFF3 Flat bus bar type ( piece) 3-Pole set of flat bus bar Flat Terminal Terminal Shields Includes 2 terminal shields. 3-Pole Standard Shield TSSF3 TSSF3 3-Pole Extended Shield TSLF3 TSLF3 Interphase Barriers Set of 2 barriers IPBF IPBF Also fits plug-in and draw-out bases. Flat Bus Bar Lug Mounting Assy. Breaker Mounting Base Front connected Rear connected Terminal Shields IPBF -44 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

145 For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame 400 A 600 A 800 A 200 A 600 A FBCJ3 FBCL3 FBCM3 SSBP SSBP SSBPH SSBPH RTLJSR RTLJLR SRTJR3 RTLJSF RTLJLF SRTJF3 RTLLSF RTLMSF RTLNSF SRTLF3 SRTMF3 SRTNF3 TSSL3 TSSM3 TSSP3 TSSP3 TSLL3 TSLM3 TSLP3 TSLP3 IPBM IPBM IPBM IPBP IPBP LMAP600 b MBPG600 MBPG60 a Not for use with standard Al terminals. Use Standard Shield for rear connection and Extended Shield for busbar connection. b Kit includes connection for one side of breaker only. Order quantity 2 if connecting line and load side. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -45

146 External Accessories Connections For DG Frame For FG Frame 50 A 250 A Description Nut Keeper Plates For ring/tongue terminal or bus bar connections. (For metric threads on other than the JG frame, change TNK to TMK ) Nut Keeper Plate TNKD TNKF Kit of 3 TNKD3 TNKF3 TNKD3 Mechanical Lugs Steel Wrap Around Body (Cu Wire Only) Cable Size; (cables per phase) #8-/0; -hole #4-350 kcmil; -hole Single Lug TWDG20 TWFG350 Kit of 3 3TWDG20 3TWFG350 Aluminum Body (Al or Cu Wire) Cable Size; (cables per phase) #6-3/0; -hole #4-350 kcmil; -hole Single Lug TADG30 TAWFG350 Kit of 2 Kit of 3 3TADG30 3TAWFG350 Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug Kit of 2 Kit of 3 3TA2LG600LD Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug Copper Body (Cu Wire Only) Cable Size; (cables per phase) #6-3/0; -hole #4-350 kcmil; -hole Single Lug TCDG30 TCWFG350 Kit of 2 Kit of 3 3TCDG30 3TCWFG350 3TA4NG500 Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug Compression Lugs Cable Size; (cables per phase) #4-2/0; -cable #4-350 kcmil; -cable Kit of 2 2CLD20 Kit of 3 3CLD20 3CLF350 Cable Size; (cables per phase) Kit of 2 Kit of 3 Cable Size; (cables per phase) Kit of 3 Distribution Lugs (Cu Wire Only) #4-#; 2-hole and Cable Size; (cables per phase) #4-#2; 3-hole #4-2/0; -hole Single Lug TA3DG02 TA3FG20 Kit of 3 3TA3DG02 3TA3FG20 Cable Size; (cables per phase) #4-#4; 6-hole #4-#4; 6-hole Single Lug TA6DG04 TA6FG04 Kit of 3 3TA6DG04 3TA6FG04 Note: pictures provide graphical representaions only. Control Wire Terminals Control Wire Terminal (Single) Control Wire Terminal (Kit of 3) Required for 00% rated breakers. Requires 90 C cable sized at 5 C ampacity. -46 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

147 For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame 400 A 600 A 800 A 200 A 600 A TMKJ TNKL TNKM TNKP TNKP TMKJ3 TNKL3 TNKM3 TNKP3 TNKP3 metric only /0-600 kcmil; -hole TWJG600 3TWJG600 3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole #2-600 kcmil; 2-hole /0-500 kcmil, 3-hole /0-500 kcmil; 4-hole /0-50 kcmil; 6-hole TA2JG250 TA3MG500 3TA3MG500 2TA4NG500 3TA2JG250 3TA2LG600LD a 3TA4NG500 3TA6PG50 e 3TA2LG600LN b 3TA4NG500H c AL: kcmil AL: kcmil CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; -hole CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; -hole kcmil; 2-hole kcmil; 3-hole kcmil; 4-hole TAJG50 TAJG50 (400A max) TA2MG50 TA4P50 f 2TA3NG50 3TAJG50 3TAJG50 (400A max) 3TA2MG50 3TA3NG50 #2-600 kcmil; 3-hole kcmil; 5; 6-hole TA5P600 f TA6R600 f 3TA3MG600 d (Kit of 3) 3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole #2-600 kcmil; 2-hole /0-500 kcmil; 3-hole /0-500 kcmil; 4-hole TC2JG250 TC3MG500 3TC2LG600LD 3TC4NG500 3TC2LG600LN 3/0-50 kcmil; -hole kcmil; 5-hole TCJG50 TC5R600 f #6-350 kcmil; -cable #6-350 kcmil; 2-cable /0-500 kcmil; 4-cable 3CLJ350 6CLL350 (kit of 6) 2CLN500 (kit of 2) kcmil; -cable kcmil; -cable 3CLJ600 3CLL kcmil; 2-cable 6CLL600 (kit of 6) #4-#4; 2-hole TA2JG04 3TA2JG04 #4-2/0; 6-hole TA6JG20 3TA6JG20 TA2JG250PT TA3MG500PT 3TA2LG600LNPT 3TA4NG500PT All lug kits include the nut keepers. a Mounted on Load Side Only. b Mounted on Line Side Only. c Required for 00% rated breakers. Requires 90 C cable sized at 5 C ampacity. d Requires extended modified shield. e Used only with LMAP600 mounting base. f Used only with MBPG600 or MBPG60 mounting base. Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -4

148 External Accessories General For DG Frame For FG Frame 50 A 250 A Description Handle Padlocking Device HPLF HPLF To padlock breaker toggle in the OFF position. Accepts up to 3 padlocks with 5 8 mm shackles. Handle Blocking Device HBDF HBDF For holding the handle in the ON position. Not a lockout/tagout device. Handle Padlocking Device Walking-Beam Interlock Mechanism Provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent circuit breakers. Fixed mounted breakers WBMFFM WBMFFM Note: Both breakers must be of the same frame size. Walking-Beam Interlock Mechanism Cable Interlock Mechanism Provides mechanical interlocking between 2 circuit-breakers - includes operator mechanism for one circuit breaker only. CBTF CBTF Combination with the next larger or smaller frame size is possible. Interlock Cable Cable only, to connect 2 circuit breakers. Cable length 8 in..46m (recommended up to 250A) CBCF8 CBCF8 Cable length 36 in..9m (recommended from A) CBCM36 CBCM36 Cable length 54 in..3m (recommended from A) CBCP54 CBCP54 Cable Interlock System Mounting Screw Kit Includes the necessary hardware to mount a circuit breaker to the user s prepared surface Kit with 2 screws (SAE thread) MSKF2 MSKF2 Kit with 4 screws (SAE thread) MSKF4 MSKF4 Trip Adjustment Sealing Cover Includes a trip unit cover to prevent tampering or adjustment of trip settings. Seal not included. 3VL9008BL00 3VL9008BL00 Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units TSCFTM TSCFTM -48 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog

149 For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame 400 A 600 A 800 A 200 A 600 A HPLL HPLL HPLM HPLP HPLP HBDL HBDL HBDM HBDP HBDP WBMLFM WBMLFM WBMMFM WBMPFM WBMPFM CBTL CBTL CBTM CBTP CBTP CBCM36 CBCM36 CBCM36 CBCP54 CBCP54 CBCP54 CBCP54 CBCP54 MSKL4 MSKL4 MSKM4 MSKP4 MSKP4 3VL9008BL00 3VL9008BL00 3VL9008BL00 3VL9008BL00 3VL9008BL00 TSCLTM TSCLTM TSCMTM Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog -49

150 External Accessories Ground Sensors & Electronic Accessories For DG Frame For FG Frame 50 A 250 A NGSF50 NGSM600 Description Neutral Current Transformer (Ground Sensor, N-pole) Neutral = 35/60A NGSD060 Neutral = 00A NGSF00 NGSF00 Neutral = 50A NGSF50 NGSF50 Neutral = 250A NGSJ250 Neutral = 400A Neutral = 600A Neutral = 800A Neutral = 000/200A Neutral = 600A Communications & Electronics Portable Test Set. ELTPHB ELTPHB Spare Flat Cable Power Stick - Hand held, battery operated power supply for LCD trip units. (Requires two 9V batteries.) Trip testing for both 555 & 586 trip units. EPSP8V EPSP8V Power Stick Spare flat cable for Power Stick. COMPCA COMPCA COM20 Profibus Communications Module with ZSI for electronic trip units (order cable separately) COMPRO20 COMPRO20 COM2 Modbus Communications Module with ZSI for electronic trip units (order cable separately) COMMOD2 COMMOD2 Cable for COM20/2,.5 m (4.9 ft) COMKIT3 COMKIT3 Cable for COM20/2, 3.0 m (9.8 ft) COMKIT6 COMKIT6 Com20 Profibus & Com2 Modbus Communications Module Door Cutouts & Extensions Addressing Plug - assigns a field bus address without a PC by plugging into COM20/2 3UF900AA000 Cover Frame for Door Cutout For fixed or plug-in mounted circuit breakers. (IP30) 2-Pole & 3-Pole BZLF3 BZLF3 3UF900AA000 Cover Frame for Door Cutout For breakers with stored energy operator. (IP40) BZLFRHSE BZLFRHSE Circuit-breaker draw-out mounted and toggle handle operated. Kit includes cover frame (bezel) and escutcheon as needed. (IP40) (not for use with rotary handle or stored energy operator) BZLFBDC BZLFBDC THEL Toggle Handle Extension For spare or replacement. (One is included with each NG - PG frame.) THEP -50 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX 20 Product Catalog